[
    {
        "ch": "Radome (internal) general visual inspection is belong to general visual inspection task of :",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Zone 200.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Zone 100.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Zone 800.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 05/12: TIME LIMITS/MAINTENANCE CHECKS/ SERVICING",
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-05-41-01-21B-311A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the Phase II for Overweight/Hard landing inspect?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "For more detail visual inspection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the pilot wrote in the report.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the Phase I inspection shows that there is damage.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-05-51-01-00B-311A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does give the protection to the internal system (tubes, wires and equipment) from being directly hit by lightning?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Current return network.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary and secondary structure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Static dischargers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-05-51-19-00A-030A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Inspection after ground handling equipment hits the airplane with high energy:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual, NDI (if necessary) the external surfaces including the nearest support structure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Detail visual inspection the external surfaces.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If no visible external damage, no further maintenance action.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-05-51-58-00A-280A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Lightning is most likely to hit in one of the zone 1 (lightning “zones”) areas. Zone 1 means:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward fuselage Section 41, 43…, wing to body fairings.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight control surfaces, LDG doors, exterior lights.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose, wingtips, nacelles, empennage tips.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  DMC-B787-A-05-51-19-00A-030A-A and DMC-B787-A-05-51-19-00C-280B-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Push TEST switch to SYSTEM position to do the test of refuel system:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The refuel valves that are open will close then open again, two valves of a time.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The refuel valves that are open will close then open again, one valve of a time.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The refuel valves that are open will close then open again, all valves of a time.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-12-11-01-02B-211A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the discrepancy (between fuel quantity indicators and fuel vehicle flow meter) check is unsatisfactory:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do Fuel Quantity Indicating System Channel Comparison Functional Test.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the fuel quantity measuring stick check.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the airplane attitude is between the limits of -0.78º ±2.0ºpitch and 0.0º ±2.0º roll.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-12-11-01-02B-211A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When only battery power is available, you can refuel:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cannot perform refuel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right main tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left main tank.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:DMC-B787-A-12-11-01-02D-211A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the most accurate procedure to do a check of hydraulic reservoir fluid level?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fluid level checks at the hydraulic reservoir.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fluid level checks on the hydraulic maintenance page.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fluid level checks at the ground service base.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-12-12-01-00E-369A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If you fill a hydraulic reservoir after the replacement of a component or when there is no fluid in the system:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a hydraulic reservoir fluid level check.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a hydraulic system bleeding and a hydraulic reservoir fluid level check.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a hydraulic reservoir drain - liquid and a hydraulic reservoir servicing.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-12-12-01-00C-200A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What color is fiber optic cable in B787? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Purple.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "White.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yellow.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "B787 GENERAL AND NEW TECHNOLOGY",
        "ref": "Ref:  MTM Airplane general Page 118."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the type of fastener used for attachment in fixed panels on B787 airplane? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Torx.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Torx plus.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Torx and torx plus.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Airplane general Page 106."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many external power panels does B787 airplane have? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Electrical power system Page 70.."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The hydraulic systems in B787 airplane are designed features with (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 separate hydraulic systems: Yellow /Green with hydraulic pressure are 5000 psi.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 separate hydraulic systems: Left /Center /Right with hydraulic pressure are 5000 psi.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 separate hydraulic systems: Left /Center /Right with hydraulic pressure are 3000 psi.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Airplane General Page 66."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does engine in B787 airplane start by? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical power.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatic power.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical and pneumatic power.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Electrical power system Page 22."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The brake system on B787 airplane is controlled and operated by (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulic.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrically control and Hydraulic operation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Airplane general Page 66."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is wing leading edge anti-ice system in B787 heated by? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatic.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical and pneumatic.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Airplane general Page 66."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is different of passenger windows between B787 and other airplanes?  (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The same dimension.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "B787 has larger dimension.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "B787 has smaller dimension.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Airplane general Page 66."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to get access to the forward EE bay from the forward cargo compartment? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must remove a panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Access door on the right side of the forward bulkhead wall.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can not access.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Airplane general Page 122."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The current return network (CRN) provides a: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Return path for only fault AC and DC current from the loads to the sources.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply path for normal and fault AC and DC current from the sources to the loads.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Return path for normal and fault AC and DC current from the loads to the sources.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Electrical power system Page 6."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What should you do before you remove the hose-tube assy? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open the related CBs so as to prevent system activate.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depressurize the tube assy that you will remove.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Install caps on the open ends of the tube to prevent fluid leakage and contamination.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 20: STANDARD PRACTICE – AIRFRAME",
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-10-09-19A-520"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During atmospheric electrical activity; strong radiative fields; or lightning strike: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connect a headset and don’t touch connection to the airplane.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attach grounding cables at any points on the airplane.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stop ground servicing operation that are external to the airplane.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-41-00-01A-950A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When static grounding is necessary and an earth ground point is not available, the external power plug gives an alternative connection to static ground: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, the external power plug must have an earth-like ground that is operating correctly.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Not necessary because the airplane is designed to ground thru its LDG system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 20-41-00-00A-950A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the maximum wind velocity for jacking operation? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "30 knots",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "40 knots",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "50 knots",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 1A Airplane General, page 118 of 452"
    },
    {
        "ch": "While remove/ install an ESDS (Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive) Device, if there is no applicable electrostatic ground jack nearby in order to connect the Static Control Wrist Strap: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Un-paint surface of the primary structure may be used.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wear gloves so as not to touch the ESDS device.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waiting a certain time before continue the job.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-41-01-05A-921A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight deck door module has a 3-position switch that controls the operation of the door strike, this Switch has 3 positions: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open, Auto, Close",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Unlock, Auto, Lock",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Unlkd, Auto, Deny",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 5D Door System, page 744 of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which door is monitored on the Door Synotic Page? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
			{
                "ans": [
                    "Refueling Station Door",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ECS Access Door",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Potable Water Service Door",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
		],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 5D Door System, page 666 of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Instruction to touch an ESDS (Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive) Device during maintenance: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a Resistance Test of the Static Control Wrist Strap before wearing on wrist.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do a Resistance Test of the Static Control Wrist Strap after wearing on wrist.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No Resistance Test requirement.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-41-01-05A-921A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When cleaning instrument panel, you should: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use abrasive material to clean large dust or dirty partials on display surface.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Apply cleaner directly on display surface so as to clean large dust or dirty partials.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use dry, filter air to clean large dust or dirty partials",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-60-08-00A-258A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What should you notice when perform servicing Nose LDG Shock Strut? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do NOT remove the valve body until you deflate the shock strut fully",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Deflate the shock strut quicky to prevent the leakage of fluid through the servicing valve",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use common hydraulic fluid to fill the shock strut",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 12-15-02-00A-200A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "While installing the Crew Oxygen Cylinder; if the electrical connector is hard to plug-in: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It may be to adjust the wire bundle",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It may be to adjust the backshell on the electrical connector",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It may cause the wrong installation of the Crew Oxygen Cylinder",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 12-15-08-00B-200A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What should you do with the preformed packing from the vacuum break valve when service VFSG? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Discard and replaced by new one",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inspect the packing, re-use if serviceable",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is not necessary to remove the vacuum break valve",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 12-22-07-00B-200A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Drag Brace and Side Brace lock the MLG in the down position by: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Over-center Lock Link Mechanism",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Down Lock Actuator",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MLG Control Valve Module",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 3C Landing Gear System, page 32 of 497"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which actuator stows MLG in to wheel well? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MLG Uplock Actuator",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MLG Truck Positioner Actuator",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MLG Retract Actuator",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 3C Landing Gear System, page 142 of 497"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What gives emergency power to close the fuel shutoff valves for the engines and the APU? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel Shutoff Module",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hot Bat Bus",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main Battery",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 4A Fuel Distribution, page 188 of 992"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In order to start an engine in-case APU inop, it requires: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One forward and one aft power source",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two forward external power sources",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It can not start an engine with APU inop",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 2A Electrical Power System, page 306 of 429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Liquid from galley goes to: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Vacuum waste system",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overboard thru drain mast",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Galley waste tank",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 5D Equipment and Furnishing, page 98 of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of the Service Outlets in the passenger cabin: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Connect electrical power for servicing and maintenance",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger can use service outlets in-flight for personal purposes",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight attendant may use in-flight for servicing",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 5D Equipment and Furnishing, page 68 of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Nose Wheel Steering data can be found on: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LNDG GEAR INDN AND STRNG maintenance page",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LNDG GEAR INDN AND STRNG synotic page",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LGA/ NWS maintenance page",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 3D Wheel and Brakes, page 166 of 183"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How long do the BSCUs keep brake power on after parking brake set? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "40 mins if the airplane power goes off",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "60 mins if the airplane power goes off",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "80 mins if the airplane power goes off",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 3D Wheel and Brakes, page 100 of 183"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the water extractor? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The water extractor collects liquid water from the condenser and sends it to the ram air heat exchangers inlet.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The water extractor collects liquid water from the condenser and sends it to the ram air heat exchangers outlet.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The water extractor collects liquid water from the condenser and sends it overboard.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 21: AIR CONDITIONING",
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A page 144 of 621"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which conditions below allow the right lower recirculation fan operates with the P5 LOWER RECIRC FAN switch OFF to supply ventilation of the right PCU? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During airplane on ground and power supplied by one external power source, Both packs off.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During airplane on the ground and both packs off.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During airplane on ground and power supplied by one external power source.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A page 186 of 621."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The PECS supplies cooling fluid for: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Power electronics equipment, ICS supplemental cooling units (SCU), SCU Motor controllers.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Power electronics equipment, SCU Motor controllers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Power electronics equipment, ICS supplemental cooling units (SCU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 6 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which sensor senses fast leak conditions of The power electronics cooling system (PECS)? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The PECS liquid temperature sensor.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The PECS liquid ICS and SCU supply pressure sensor.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The liquid level sensor.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 55 of 477"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component Controls fluid quantity through the ram air heat exchanger of The power electronics cooling system (PECS)? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Temperature control valve (TCV)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The PECS liquid ICS and SCU supply shutoff valve",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The PECS liquid ICS/SCU return check valves.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 16 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which heat exchanger Supplies primary cooling for PECS fluid? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PECS ram air heat exchanger.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lav/galley ventilation liquid heat exchanger.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The secondary heat exchanger.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 24 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CCS closes the PECS liquid ICS and SCU supply shutoff valve (SOV) for these conditions. (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If a fluid leaks in the PECS heat exchanger area. aft cargo fire. start of MES.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If a leak is detected in the ICS/SCU loop. aft cargo fire. start of MES.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If a leak is detected in the ICS/SCU loop.a fluid leak in the PECS heat exchanger area. aft cargo fire. start of MES.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 28 of 477,"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cargo heat systems control the temperatures in these cargo areas. (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward cargo compartment, Aft cargo compartment, Bulk cargo compartment.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft cargo compartment, Bulk cargo compartment.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft cargo compartment, Forward cargo compartment.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 250 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The aft cargo heating system. (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control is on the P5 panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Has no manual control.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control is on the CAP.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 324 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Supply air to the bulk cargo heating system is from. (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The aft cargo compartment right cheek area.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The exhaust air from the aft equipment cooling system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The exhaust air from the fwd equipment cooling system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 328 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do two pumps in Each pump package of the power electronics cooling system (PECS) operate? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One pump operates and the other is backup.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tow pumps operate at the same time.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depend on the cooling fluid temperature.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 8 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "During flight, one pump in each package of the power electronics cooling system (PECS) operates as primary and the other pump as secondary. (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary pump and secondary pump change after each flight.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary pump and secondary pump change after each flight day.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary pump and secondary pump change only primary is failed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 12 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Boeing MMEL permits dispatch with a defective liquid cooling temperature control valve. (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If you do a deactivation of the related temperature control valve in the open position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If you do a deactivation of the related temperature control valve in the close position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If you do a deactivation of the related temperature control valve in the middle position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 16 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "One pump in the ICS liquid cooling pump package operates as primary and the other pump as secondary. (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary pump and secondary pump change after each flight.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary pump and secondary pump change after each flight day.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary pump and secondary pump change only when the primary is failed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 66 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The integrated cooling system (ICS) is a fluid cooling system that supplies cooling to the:(787-9). (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Galley cooling units (GCU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Galley cooling units (GCU)and the lower recirculation air exchanger",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Galley cooling units (GCU), the lower and upper recirculation air exchangers",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 104 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The motor controller (MC)gives protection to the SCU compressor motor for these different Conditions. (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Over speed, over temperature, internal malfunctions.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Over speed, over temperature.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Over speed, internal malfunctions.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 76 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of the lower recirculation fan? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lower recirculation fan moves air from the mix bay through filters and a heat exchanger to the compact mixer.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lower recirculation fan moves air from the mix bay through filters and a heat exchanger to the flight deck.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lower recirculation fan moves air from the mix bay through filters and a heat exchanger to the ACM.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 186 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When overboard (OVBD) operates (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when the airplane is on the ground.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "when the airplane is on the flight.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The normal flight and cold day ground operating.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 160 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many sections are there in the ACM? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACM has 3 sections.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACM has 2 sections.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACM has 4 sections.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5a page 132 of 621"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement of the forward EE cooling supply override valve is correction? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the valve is in the usual position, the airflow supply path from the EE cooling supply fans is open and the override path is closed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the valve is in the override position, the override path is open for airflow out of the airplane and the EE cooling supply fan path is open.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the valve is in the usual position, the airflow supply path from the EE cooling supply fans is open and the override path is open.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 136 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement below is correction? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The airplane internal pressure increases when the cabin pressure control system (CPCS) lets less air out of the airplane than goes into it by the air conditioning system operation.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The airplane internal pressure decreases when the cabin pressure control system(CPCS) lets less air out of the airplane than goes into it by the air conditioning system operation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The airplane internal pressure increases when the cabin pressure control system (CPCS) lets more air out of the airplane than goes into it by the air conditioning system operation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 418 of 477."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many the control motors of the outflow valves (OFV) controlled by the valve control unit (VCU)? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5B page 420 of 477"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the smoke detectors sense smoke in the overhead flight crew rest (OFCR), the overhead flight attendant rest (OFAR), the commoncore system (CCS) sends control data  (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To open the exhaust SOV and to close the supply SOV.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To close The exhaust SOV and to close the supply SOV.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To open The exhaust SOV and to open the supply SOV.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A page 556 of 621"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pre-position of the cabin air compressor (CAC) deflector door operation occurs when (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the ground - 2 engines are on and at more than 50 percent N2 - Ambient temperature is more than 95F (35C).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the ground - 2 engines are on and at less than 50 percent N2 - Ambient temperature is more than 95F (35C).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the ground - 2 engines are on and at more than 50 percent N2 - Ambient temperature is less than 95F (35C).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A page 16 of 621"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does control the operation of the CACs?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hosted software in CCRs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CCS.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCU.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 12 of 621 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many positions are there of the CAC deflector door?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 (open and closed).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 (always open to prevent FOD).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 (closed, partially deployed and fully deployed).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 16 of 621 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is the CAC deflector door in closed position (faired position)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In cruise.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the ground.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two engines are on.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 16 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does control the CAC speed?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CCR.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 28 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the ground during usual APU operations,",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the inboard left CAC operates.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All CACs operate.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the inboard CACs operate.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System (Book 5A), page 29 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During usual airborne conditions,",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the outboard CACs operate.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All CACs operate.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the inboard CACs operate.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 29 of 621 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component does the secondary surge margin control for CAC?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAC variable diffuser actuator (VCA).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAC add heat valve (AHV).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC control the speed of CAC to prevent surge.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 36 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component does the primary surge margin control for CAC?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAC variable diffuser actuator (VCA).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAC add heat valve (AHV).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC control the speed of CAC to prevent surge.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 36 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does the ram fan operate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only on the ground to pull external air in through the heat exchangers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the air or airspeed more than 60 knots.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "High speed on the ground and low speed in the air.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 100 of 621 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The PCU causes the ram fan motor controller to operate the ram air fan when",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is no CMSC power source to operate the ram air fan.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground operations with ambient temperature more than 30ºF.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PECS cooling fluid temperature less than 155ºF.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 100 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pack control unit (PCU) controls the fan operation through",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RFMC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC or RFMC.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 100 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ram air fan check valve is open",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the PCU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By the air pressure caused by airplane movement in the air.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the ground to let ram air flow through the heat exchangers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 112 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Pack outlet temperature is controlled by",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACM bypass valve (ABV), low limit valve (LLV) and economy cooling valve (ECV).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACM bypass valve (ABV), low limit valve (LLV) and heat exchangers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ACM bypass valve (ABV), low limit valve (LLV) and ram air inlet, outlet doors.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 76, 120 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The low limit valve (LLV) opens to control",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The temperature of the pack air to the secondary (cooling) channel of the condenser above 1ºC (34ºF).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bypass the condenser and T1 turbine section, let air go directly to the T2 turbine.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bypass the ACM if the ACM fails.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 152 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The economy cooling valve (ECV) opens at high altitude to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The temperature of the pack air to the secondary (cooling) channel of the condenser above 1ºC (34ºF).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bypass the condenser and T1 turbine section, let air go directly to the T2 turbine.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bypass the ACM if the ACM fails.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 156 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The air cycle machine bypass valve (ABV) opens to",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control the temperature of the pack air to the secondary (cooling) channel of the condenser above 1ºC (34ºF).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bypass the condenser and T1 turbine section, let air go directly to the T2 turbine.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bypass the ACM if the ACM fails.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 160 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The lower recirculation air high flow shutoff valve (HFSOV) closes when",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A sudden decrease in cabin pressure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A sudden increase in cabin pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A sudden broken lower recirculation fan.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 182 of 621 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the pack in the heat exchanger only cooling mode:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The air cycle machine (ACM) has a malfunction.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The condenser inlet temperature sensor fails or the economy cooling valve (ECV) cannot close.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pack control unit (PCU) causes the ECV to open during normal operation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 220 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the pack in the condenser bypass mode:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The air cycle machine (ACM) has a malfunction.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The condenser inlet temperature sensor fails or the economy cooling valve (ECV) cannot close.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pack control unit (PCU) causes the ECV to open during normal operation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 182 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the pack economy cooling mode:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The air cycle machine (ACM) has a malfunction.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The condenser inlet temperature sensor fails or the economy cooling valve (ECV) cannot close.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pack control unit (PCU) causes the ECV to open during normal operation.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 182 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In standby operating mode, when air flow automatically bypasses parts of the pack because of a defective condition:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Advisory message “STDBY MODE L(R)” shows.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Advisory message “PACK MODE L(R)” shows.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Advisory message “STDBY COOLING MODE L(R)” shows.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 222 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to dispatch the airplane with a CAC inoperative",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The relative CBs pulled.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use special function in CMCF to lock off the CAC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use MISC SYSTEM CTRLS (MSC) to lock off the affected CAC.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-21-00-00-A8A-721B-A (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Supply conditioned air to the airplane with a Ground air source:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the fwd and aft outflow valves are open and at least one passengers entry door is open.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the lower recirculation fans to OFF and the cooling packs are off.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that there is an exit for conditioned air in the airplane fuselage, lower recirculation fans and packs are off.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-21-00-00-02C-730B-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight attendants can set the target temperature more than or less than the master temperature:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "± 7ºC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "± 5ºC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "± 3ºC.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 346 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The trim air pressure regulator valve control the pressure of the trim air",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5psi more than the cabin pressure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 psi more than the cabin pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7 psi more than the cabin pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 284 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the alternate ventilation system (AVS) operate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The forward equipment cooling is in override mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is a complete malfunction in the 2 air condition packs and they cannot give normal air supply.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The forward cargo compartment fire extinguishing system operates.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 338 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the flight deck humidification system operate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Any engine N2>50%.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HUMID switch on P5 is ON.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During cruise and stop at the start of descent.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Air Conditioning System Book 5A, page 356 of 621 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The components of AFDS (Autopilot Flight Director System):  (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mode Control Panel (MCP), 3 backdrive actuators, 2 autopilot disconnect switches, 2 autothrottle disconnect switches.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mode Control Panel (MCP), 3 backdrive actuators, 2 autopilot disconnect switches, 2 take off – go around (TOGA) switches.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mode Control Panel (MCP), 3 backdrive actuators, 2 autopilot disconnect switches.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 22: AUTO FLIGHT",
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 10/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The AFF (Autoflight Function) processes inputs and sends autopilot command data to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HYDIF (Hydraulic Interface Function).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFCF (Primary Flight Control Function).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ADRF (Air data reference function).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 10/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The BDAs (Backdrive Actuators) used to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move the flight control surfaces.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Send pitch, roll, yaw command data to AFF.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move the columns, wheels, and pedals.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 18/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pilot can override the BDA: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the pilot supplies sufficient force, the primary flight control function removes the autopilot engage signal.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BDA is locked engagement during Autopilot function.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BDA is not a part of AFF.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 18/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The MCP (Mode Control Panel): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gives commands to the flight control surfaces.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is the primary pilot interface with the FCE (Flight Control Electronics).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Is the primary pilot interface with the Autoflight function.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 44/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When is the slave lane (MCP) becomes the master lane? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Every time the auto throttle function disengages and re-engages.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Every time the autopilot system disengages and re-engages.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Every time the auto disconnect switches disengage and re-engage.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 48/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The autoland function has these flight phases: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Approach, flare, go – around, rollout.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cruise, approach, flare, go – around, rollout.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Approach, flare, rollout.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 110/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During take off, with both F/D (Flight Director) switches set to off: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Flight Director commands turn off on PFD (Primary Flight Display) and HUD (Head Up Display).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Flight Director commands automatically show  on PFD (Primary Flight Display) and HUD (Head Up Display). This is called AUTO POP UP.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Flight Director commands show on Captain PFD (Primary Flight Display) and Captain HUD (Head Up Display) only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 56/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to turn off F/D auto pop-up function during take-off? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set both F/D switches to OFF then ON position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set both HUD(s) to stowed position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set both F/D switches to ON then OFF position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 56/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the autopilot is engaged in the air and no F/D switch is ON (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It engages in the altitude hold (pitch) and the heading/track hold (roll) modes.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It engages in the vertical speed / glide path angle (pitch) and the lateral navigation (roll) modes.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It engages in the vertical speed / glide path angle (pitch) and the heading/track hold (roll) modes.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 58/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The autoflight function (AFF) roll mode is available in these phases: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Climb, cruise, descent.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Take-off, climb, cruise, descent.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Take-off, climb, cruise, descent, landing.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 66/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pitch mode VNAV (vertical navigation) is a: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AFF (auto flight function) mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "TMF (Thrust management function) mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FMF (flight management function) mode.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 82/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is FLCH (Flight Change) mode? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FLCH mode is a mix of thrust and elevator commands to change flight levels.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FLCH mode is a mix of thrust and aileron commands to change flight levels.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FLCH mode is a mix of elevator and aileron commands to change flight levels.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 90/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to know the VNAV (Vertical Navigation) is engaged? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The green VNAV switch light on MCP is on, VNAV mode shows green on top of PFD.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The white VNAV switch light on MCP is on, VNAV mode shows magenta on top of PFD.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The white VNAV switch light on MCP is on, VNAV mode shows green on top of PFD.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 82/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Flare mode is active when: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Localizer or glide path is active and the airplane is between 40ft and 60ft radio altitude.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Glideslope or glide path is active and the airplane is between 40ft and 60ft radio altitude.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Glideslope or glide path is active and the airplane is between 40ft and 60ft barometric altitude.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 110/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The go-around mode is a combined of: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autoflight function (AFF) and thrust management function (TMF).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autoflight function (AFF) and flight management function (FMF).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight management function (FMF) and primary flight control function (PFCF).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 116/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The condition to arm the go-around mode when the airplane is in the air: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Glideslope mode is active or trailing edge flaps are not up.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Glideslope mode is armed or leading edge flaps are up.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Glideslope mode is armed or trailing edge are up.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 16/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight mode annunciator (AFF) on top of PFD and HUD show these data: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LNAV (lateral navigation) mode, VNAV (vertical navigation) mode, APP (approach) mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autothrotlle mode, roll mode, pitch mode.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airspeed, Altitude, Heading.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 140/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to know an AFDS mode is armed? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A green box shows in the flight mode annunciator of PFD and HUD.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A white box shows in the flight mode annunciator of PFD and HUD.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A white box shows in the flight mode annunciator of ND.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 140/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The autopilot flight director system has the CMCF ground test for: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autopilot disconnect switches, mode control panel, backdrive actuators, TO/GA switches.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autopilot disconnect switches, mode control panel, backdrive actuators, TO/GA switches, thrust control module.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Autothrottle disconnect switches, mode control panel, backdrive actuators, TO/GA switches.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 154/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Thrust Management System (TMS) can control engine thrust in these phases: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Take-off, cruise, landing.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All flight phases except take-off.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All flight phases from take-off to landing.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 158/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Choose the correct answer: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If one engine is failed, push the A/T (autothrottle engage) switch to make the good engine operate at maximum thrust.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If one engine is failed, push the TO/GA (take-off / go-around) switch to make the good engine operate at maximum thrust.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If one engine is failed, push the CLIMB/CON (climb/continuous) switch to make the good engine operate at maximum thrust.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 182/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Choose the correct answer: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLARE is a pitch mode, an autopilot horizontal stabilizer command that raises the nose of the airplane at touch down.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLARE is a pitch mode, an autopilot elevator command that raises the nose of the airplane at touch down.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLARE is a roll mode, an autopilot elevator command that raises the nose of the airplane at touch down.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 206/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Thrust management system indications show on: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD, HUD, EICAS.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD, HUD, AUX PFD.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD, HUD, ND.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 212/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Thrust targets and modes show on: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD and HUD.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EICAS and CDU.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD and AUX PFD.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 222/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What information of TMS (thrust management system) shows on EICAS? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Active thrust limit mode, selected altitude, thrust limit indications.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Active thrust limit mode, selected airspeed, thrust limit indications.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Active thrust limit mode, selected temperature, thrust limit indications.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 216/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During auto land if there are faults in the system, the annunciator status can show: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLT DIR.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LAND 2 or NO AUTO LAND.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LAND 3.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 204/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The F/D (flight director) annunciator status shows on PFD and HUD: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLT DIR (green) is active but autopilot is not engaged.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLT DIR (green) is active and autopilot is engaged.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FLT DIR (amber) is not active and autopilot is engaged.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 144/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the MCP (mode control panel), if the altitude increment selector is in the auto position: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Altitude selector display changes in 10 foo increments.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Altitude selector display changes in 100 foot increments.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Altitude selector display changes in 1000 foot increments.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 132/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to perform a Go-around during landing? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "First push on TO/GA switch to engage the system to the go-around mode, the airplane climbs at 2000ft/min. Second push on TO/GA switch to change auto throttle thrust limit mode to full go-around thrust.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "First push on A/T (auto throttle) switch on MCP to engage the system to the go-around mode, the airplane climbs at 2000ft/min. Second push on A/T switch to change auto throttle thrust limit mode to full go-around thrust.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push auto throttle disconnect switch first  to engage the system to the go-around mode, a/c climbs at 2000ft/min. Push TO/GA switch then to change auto throttle thrust limit mode to full go-around thrust.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 116/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During landing the TO/GA switches are inhibited 10 seconds when the thrust reversers are stowed: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To arm the full thrust reference.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To avoid the switches accidentally pushed after landing.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No inhibition for TO/GA switches during landing.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 171/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The auto throttle function engages whenever the A/T arm switches are ON, and: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One of these auto flight modes is selected (VNAV, FLCH, TO/GA).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One of these auto flight modes is selected (LNAV, HGD/TRK, ALT).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "F/D selected only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 176/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "ILS approach: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At 1500 feet radio altitude, rudder backdrive actuator disengages,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At 1500 feet barometric altitude, autopilot annunciator changes form A/P to LAND 3.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At 1500 feet radio altitude, autopilot annunciator changes form A/P to LAND 3.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 106/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "ILS approach: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Near 200 feet, the status annunciator can show LAND 3.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Near 200 feet, LAND 2 annunciator is inhibited, not to distract the flight crew.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Near 200 feet, autopilot changes to FLARE mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 204/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The crew uses CDU AIRLINE POLICY (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To change take-off de-rate settings for a single flight.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To change fuel flow factor.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To change the AMI (airplane modifiable information) key.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Autoflight Systems page 222/232"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Function of the HF antenna Coupler ? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Get an RF (Radio Frequency) signal and sends the RF (Radio Frequency) to the antenna.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "change the digital audio to analog audio and send the analog audio to the HF (High Frequency) transceivers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Get an analog signal and sends to the antenna.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 23: COMMUNICATION",
        "ref": "Ref: :DMC-B787-A-23-11-00-00A-042B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many TCP (Tuning Control Panel)s can tune the HF (High Frequency) transceivers ?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: :DMC-B787-A-23-11-00-00A-042B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the components for communication with the SATCOM  ? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight interphone headsets ,Flight deck speakers ,Microphones ,ACP",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight deck speakers ,Microphones ,ACP, flight deck printer",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight interphone headsets ,Flight deck speakers ,Microphones",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-23-15-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the ELT Control Panel located? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "flight deck",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "next to the ELT",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "on the top centerline of the fuselage at fuselage station 1733",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: :DMC-B787-A-23-24-00-00A-055C-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ELT usually gets power from: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hot bat bus",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Capt instrument bus",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Internal battery",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: :DMC-B787-A-23-24-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which audio control panel has a direct analog interface with the P40 panel? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Capt ACP",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "F/O ACP",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "First Obsever",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:DMC-B787-A-23-51-00-00A-042B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The common data network (CDN) fails. What do you use to tune the left VHF radio? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left TCP, the left TCP has direct connection with the left VHF transceiver",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use ACP selector switch on P5",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right TCP, the left TCP has direct connection with the Right VHF transceive",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: :DMC-B787-A-23-12-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the SELCAL decoder software stored?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the CCR",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the audio gateway units",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "no software",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: : DMC-B787-A-23-21-00-03A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which is components lets the flight crew speak on the flight interphone system? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hand mic, Oxygen mask and Headsets",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Handset, Hand mic, Oxygen mask and Headsets",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hand mic and Headset",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:DMC-B787-A-23-51-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to connect service interphone jacks between P40 and P57?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set service interphone switch on P5 to ON",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set service interphone switch on P5 to OFF",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nothing to do.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:DMC-B787-A-23-52-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The data format input to the VHF radios is: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ARINC 429 low speed",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ARINC 629 low speed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ARINC 429 high speed",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-23-12-00-00A-042B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of the static dischargers are:(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Decreasing the static electricity from the airplane surfaces and  the interference with radio receivers and other electrical components",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Decreasing the interference with radio receivers and other electrical components",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Increasing the interference with radio receivers and other electrical components",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:DMC-B787-A-23-61-00-00A-018A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many signal does ELT transmit?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-23-24-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "You use the tuning control panel (TCP) to control the: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VHF radios",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VOR.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "data communication management function (DCMF).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-23-12-00-00A-042B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many component does the DCMF has? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "0",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref : DMC-B787-A-23-27-00-05A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The main components of CRN (current return network) are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bars, straps, wiring, tie brackets.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Contactors, relays, wiring.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Static dischargers, bonding leads, tie straps.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 24: ELECTRICAL POWER",
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 10/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "One of the CRN (current return network) function is: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lightning protection for direct fuselage and tail and direct nose-to-tail lightning paths.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Increases electromagnetic energy (EME) and high intensity radiation field (HIRF) effects.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Decreases electromagnetic energy (EME) and high intensity radiation field (HIRF) effects.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 6/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Choose the incorrect answer: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CRN (current return network) is not a part of the primary structure of the airplane.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CRN (current return network) is not a part of electrical system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CRN (current return network) is composed of structural and non-structural metal parts.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 8/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CRN (current return network) is connected to the CFRP (Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To reinforce the wing and empennage structure .",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To provide  a high impedance metallic path to reduce the effects of lightning.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To provide  a low impedance metallic path to reduce the effects of lightning.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 8/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which one is the correct answer? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P100/200 L/R 235V AC are power distribution panels.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P300/400 are power conversion panels.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P500/600 115V AC and 18V DC are power distribution panels.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 328/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The main battery supplies power to the hot battery bus (HBB) (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HBB is in P300 panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HBB is in P400 panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HBB is in P500 panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 32/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During APU start by batteries: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The main battery supplies power for EICAS, lower MFD and APUC (APU controller), the APU battery supplies power for the APU inlet door actuator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The main battery supplies power for EICAS and lower MFD, the APU battery supplies power for the APUC (APU controller), SPU (start power unit) and the APU inlet door actuator.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The main battery supplies power for EICAS, lower MFD and APUC (APU controller), the APU battery supplies power for the SPU (start power unit) and  APU inlet door actuator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 32/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The main components of P500/600 panel are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATU (auto transformer unit), TRU (transformer rectifier unit), EBPSU (electrical brake power supply unit).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BPCU (bus power control unit), TRU (transformer rectifier unit), EBPSU (electrical brake power supply unit).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ATRU (auto transformer rectifier unit), TRU (transformer rectifier unit), EBPSU (electrical brake power supply unit).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 124/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The EBPSU (electrical brake power supply unit) changes 28V DC from the TRU (transformer rectifier unit) to +/- 130V DC for: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EBA (electric brake actuator).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EBAC (electric brake actuation controller).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BSCU (brake system control unit).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 120/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What loads are controlled and protected by ELCU (electrical load control unit)? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SPDU (secondary power distribution unit).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RPDU (remote power distribution unit).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Breakers, contactors, replays.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 136/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ELCU (electric load control unit) has 2 types of modules: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELCU C card (communication) receives command data from GCU via CDN (common data network) for control of the ELCU P card (protection).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELCU C card (communication) receives command data from BPCU via CDN (common data network) for control of the ELCU P card (protection).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELCU C card (communication) receives command data from AGCU via CDN (common data network) for control of the ELCU P card (protection).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 136/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Choose the incorrect answer: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each ELCU C (communication) module can control up to 6 ELCU P (protection) modules.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each ELCU P (protection) module can control up to 6 ELCU C (communication) modules.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Each ELCU P (protection) module can control up to 6 contactors.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 136/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ground and electrical system is supplied by APU only, P100/200 panels are power supplied by ASGs (apu starter generator) via LTB (left tie bus) and RTB (right tie bus): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LTB and RTB are in the P150 panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LTB is in the P100 panel, RTB is in the P200 panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LTB is in the P700 panel, RTB is in the P800 panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 230/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When APU is running and forward external power is ON: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU supplies power to the 115V AC and 28V DC buses, external power supplies power to the 235V AC buses.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU supplies power to the 115V and 235V AC buses, external power supplies power to the 28V DC buses.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU supplies power to the 235V AC buses, external power supplies power to the 115V AC and 28V DC buses.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 250/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During APU cool down period: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can not set the APU selector back to ON to return the APU to its running condition.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can set the APU selector back to ON to return the APU to its running condition.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can turn off BAT switch to decrease the duration of APU cool down period.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 252/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The DRIVE (amber) light on P5 panel comes on whenever: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is a low oil pressure condition.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is a over current protection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Conditions are met to reset the corresponding VFSG.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 278/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The GCU (Generator Control Unit) can open the related GCB (Generator Control Breaker): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually use the generator control switches or the drive disconnect switches on P5 panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by protective trip.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by protective trip or Manually use the generator control switches or the drive disconnect switches on P5 panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 290/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The OVTPU (over voltage transient power unit) monitor the three phases 235V AC output of the VFSGs: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If 2 over voltage events occurs in 30 seconds or if 2 events occur in a flight, the GCB (generator control breaker) opens.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If 2 over voltage events occurs in 60 seconds or if 3 events occur in a flight, the GCB (generator control breaker) opens.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If 2 over voltage events occurs in 60 seconds or if 2 events occur in a flight, the GCB (generator control breaker) closes.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 294/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The GNR (generator neutral relay): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets control from the related GCU with commands from BPCU.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets control from the related GCU with commands from ELCU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets control from the related GCU with commands from CCR hosted function.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 298/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The SC (start contactor) is used to start the engine. To close, the SC must get these 2 signals: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A ground signal and 28V DC from the related GCU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A ground signal from the related GCU and 115V AC from the CMSC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A ground signal from the related GCU and 28V DC from the CMSC.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 302/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The text shows above N2 display on EICAS: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green AUTO START to inform that the start is initiated.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "White AUTO START to inform that the start is initiated.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green RUNNING to inform that the engine has completely reached stable N2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 360/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Choose the correct answer: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 6 235VAC buses, 4 main AC buses: L1, L2, R1, R2 in P100/200 panels. 2 tie buses LTB, RTB are in P150 panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 6 main 235VAC buses: L1, L2, L3 AC buses are in P100 panel. R1,R2, R3 AC buses are P200 panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 2 main 235V AC buses. Left AC bus is in P100 panel. Right AC bus is in P200 panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 312/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The 6 main 235V AC bus tie breakers (BTB) are controlled by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BPCUs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELCUs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GCUs.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 312/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The 6 main 235V AC bus tie breakers (BTB) are located: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L1, L2 BTBs are in P100 panel. R1, R2 BTBs are in P200 panel. L3, R3 BTBs are in P150 panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L1, L2 BTBs are in P100 panel. R1, R2 BTBs are in P200 panel. L3, R3 BTBs are in P700/800 panels.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L1, L2, L3 BTBs are in P100 panel. R1, R2, R3 BTBs are in P200 panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 316/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ELCC (electrical load control contactor) are used where: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The current load is more than the rating of thermal circuit breakers or solid state protective devices. The source voltage is 28V DC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The current load is more than the rating of thermal circuit breakers or solid state protective devices. The source voltage is 235V AC.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The current load is more than the rating of thermal circuit breakers or solid state protective devices. The source voltage is 115V AC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 324/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each ELCC (electrical load control contactor) can get open/close commands from: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GCU,BPCU, ELCU P (power) module.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GCU,BPCU, ELCU C (communication).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GCU, BPCU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 324/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ESIC (electrical system indication and control) is used to see and control some BTBs (bus tie breakers) and contactors in these power panels: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P100/200, P300/400.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P100/200, P500/600.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P100/200, P700/800.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 334/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The MBR (main battery relay) can be controlled: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually access to the ESIC in the maintenance control pages with main battery switch selected ON.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually access to the CBIC function with main battery switch selected ON.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically by BPCU in the air regardless of the main battery switch.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 352/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The GATU (galley auto transformer unit): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets 235V AC, 3-phase constant frequency from 235V L2 AC bus and sends out 115V AC, 3-phase constant frequency.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets 235V AC, 3-phase variable frequency from 235V L2 AC bus and sends out 115V AC, 3-phase variable frequency.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gets +/- 270V DC from L2 ATRU (auto transformer rectifier unit) and sends out 115V AC, 3-phase constant frequency.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 128/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The GATU (galley auto transformer unit) gives power to: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward galleys and middle galleys.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward galleys, middle galleys and aft galleys",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft galleys.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: B787 training student lab book Electrical Systems page 128/429"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Captain and First Officer Seats electrical control system permits (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control the seats in vertical and horizontal direction",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control the seats in vertical and horizontal direction and adjust the backrest",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control the seats in vertical and horizontal direction and adjust the lumbar rest",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 25: EQUIPMENT/FURNISHING",
        "ref": "Ref:  787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 14"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can you adjust the armrest of pilot seats: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manually",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Automatically and Manually",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 18"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the crash axe? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the mounting bracket of door 1L.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the flight deck only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the flight deck and in the mounting bracket next to door 4R.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  AMM 25-64-00-03B-300C"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Lavatories electrical interface connections go through (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Floor panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ceiling panel",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ceiling panel and Floor panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  SDS 25-40-00-00A-040B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If RH AC bus loss power, what happen? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All lavatories loss power",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left side lavatories loss power",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right side lavatories loss power",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  SDS 25-40-00-00A-040B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Emergency evacuation signal is able to be generated from (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "flight deck only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "purser attendant station only",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "flight deck and attendant stations",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  SDS 25-60-00-00A-042A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When EVAC COMMAND switch at door 1L Attendant switch panel is pressed on: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only audio alert at a speaker near door 1L operates",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Audio alert at speakers near all passenger door operate horn operates and the evacuation lights at Attendant switch panels comes on",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Audio alert at all speakers operate horn operates and the evacuation lights at Purser switch panels comes on",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 156"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to open the overhead flight crew rest (OFCR) and overhead flight attendant rest (OFAR) door from outside? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use lock key to open",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Enter code then rotate the door handle or open cover in the upper right corner of the door then pull the lock to down",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "by pushing the key lock face inward, while rotating the outside door handle",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 162"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Lavatory waste bin flap (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "fully closed when not in use",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "fully opened when not in use",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "latched opened when in use",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  AMM 25-41-08-01B-280B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the captain/first officer seat ECU?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Behind the seat.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the sidewall.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Below the seat.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 12 of 796 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During perform the captain and first officer seat installation, you must",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push and hold to testthe rocker switches",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Carry out a calibration procedure.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Adjust the fwd and aft stop on the seat track.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 12 of 796 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Seat - to - seat wiring for IFE data and electrical power connect through",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Seat tracks covers.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger service unit (PSU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wireless.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 50 of 796 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the overhead stowage bin does not open normally,",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove the stowage bin cap then unlock the emergency release latch.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Perform the stowage bin latch adjusting.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use a tool to unlock the emergency release latch.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 86 of 796  or DMC-B787-A-25-28-04-00A-540A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to remove the galley electrical power in an emergency",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A CABIN/UTILITY switch in the cockpit (P5).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An emergency OFF switch at each galley panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An emergency OFF function in the CAP.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 96 of 796 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "After the emergency descent device is used",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The device must be replaced.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Carry out visual inspection then stow again.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reset the device reel for the next using.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-25-61-02-00B-300C-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the decompression warning horn operate?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Loss of cabin pressure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PASS OXYGEN switch (P5) is in the ON position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Loss of cabin pressure or PASS OXYGEN switch (P5) is ON.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Equipment and Furnishings Book 5D, page 130 of 796 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During perform emergency evacuation system passenger compartment operational test:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The horn in the flight compartment operates.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The horn at each door of passenger compartment operates.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The horns in the flight compartment and at each PED operate.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-25-63-02-00B-320A-A and DMC-B787-A-25-63-02-01B-320A-A (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Door – mounted escape slide pack inflation cylinder visual check:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the pressure gage needle is in the GO band (green).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the inflation cylinder is stowed correctly position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that the actuation lever on valve assembly do not block the inflation cylinder hole.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-25-66-01-01B-520A-A (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the ENGINES fuel control switch is in the CUTOFF position and no fire condition you can pull the fire handle? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "YES",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NO",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "YES, if you push the FIRE/OVHT TEST switch.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 26: FIRE PROTECTION",
        "ref": "Ref:. 787training Lab Notebook,4A fire protection page: 626 of 996."
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the ground, the cargo compartment fire extinguishing system operates in. (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The manual mode.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Automatic mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The manual mode and the Automatic mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. 787Training Lab Notebook,4A fire protection page:642 of 996"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the ground, the cargo compartment fire extinguishing system operates. (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HRD bottles discharge immediately, and the LRD bottles discharge after a 15-minute delay.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The LRD bottles discharge immediately, and the HRD bottles discharge after a 15-minute delay.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HRD bottles and only one of the LRD bottles discharge immediately with no 15-minute delay.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. Training Lab Notebook,4A fire protection page:642 of 996"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The extinguishing systems use manual fire extinguishing mode:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lavatories, APU and cargo compartments.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engines, lavatories and APU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engines, APU, cargo compartments.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 500 of 1004 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The extinguishing systems use automatic fire extinguishing mode:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engines, APU and cargo compartments.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lavatories, APU and cargo compartments.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Engines, APU and lavatories.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 500 of 1004 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During usual operation, the engine fire detector sensing elements operate in an",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AND logic.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "OR logic.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "XOR logic.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 506 of 1004 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Who does monitor the engine fire detection channels for fires and overheat conditions?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CCS.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "MEDC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFPS function.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 502 of 1004 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine fire detectors  have an overheat threshold  and a fire limit",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "204ºC and 244ºC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depend the zone of engine fire detector assembly is installed.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Depend the set level in MEDC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 506 of 1004 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU fire detection system detects",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An overheat condition.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A fire condition.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either overheat or fire condition.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 554 of 1004 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU automatic fire extinguishing occurs in",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attended mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Unattended mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either attended mode or unattended mode.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 554 of 1004 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cargo fire detection system uses",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Photo-electric smoke detector.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A nickel alloy sheath with two electrical conductors in a thermistor core material.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Resistive temperature device.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 598 of 1004 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For 240 minutes ETOPS the standard configuration for cargo fire extinguishing system is",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 bottles.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 bottles.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7 bottles.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 614 of 1004 or DMC-B787-A-26-23-01-00A-520A-A (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cargo fire extinguishing flow valves",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Regulate the extinguishing agent to the cargo compartments.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Measure the extinguishing agent to the cargo compartments.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Send the extinguishing agent to either the fwd cargo or aft/bulk cargo compartment.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 626 of 1004 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ground, the cargo compartment fire extinguishing system only operates in the manual mode and",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HRD bottles discharge immediately, the LRD bottles discharge after a 15-minute delay.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The LRD bottles discharge immediately, the HRD bottles discharge after a 15-minute delay.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The HRD and only one of the LRD bottles discharge immediately with no 15-minute delay.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 650 of 1004 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many are there the fire extinguisher bottles for the wheel well overheat?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 bottles for each wheel well.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 bottles for each main wheel well.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No fire extinguishing system for the wheel well.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Fire protection Book 4A, page 660 of 1004 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the PFCF change its operation to secondary mode? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Loss of important air or inertial data.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "03 of ACEs fail",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "03 of FCM fail",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 27: FLIGHT CONTROL",
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 70 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For roll control, what is the limit of the control wheel movement? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mechanical stops on the lateral shaft put a 67 degrees right and left",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mechanical stops on the lateral shaft put a 75 degrees right and left",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mechanical stops on the lateral shaft put a 85 degrees right and left",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 106 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Wheel Force Transducer signals: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "are used for the bank angle protection",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Represent the control wheel position and its movement.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "measure autopilot input to detect a failed backdrive actuator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 114 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The High Lift Function (HLF) controls the operation of the: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Trailing edge flaps, leading edge slats, Krueger flaps.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Trailing edge flaps, leading edge slats, Krueger flaps, spoilers",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Trailing edge flaps, leading edge slats, Krueger flaps, spoilers, speed brakes",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 538 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When force is removed from the control wheel, what device(s) move the wheel back to the neutral position?  (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Lateral Feel and Centering Unit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wheel Damper",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lateral Force Limiter",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 130 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the HLCF (High Lift Control Function) modes of operation? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "primary, secondary and direct",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "primary, secondary and alternate",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "normal, secondary and alternate",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 542 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ground, which mode of operation of Slat/Flap system requires override inhibit function on CMCF? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operation with Primary control",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operation with Secondary control",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operation with Alternate Control",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 550 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "There is an inhibit of the HLF secondary mode when the airplane is on the groud.How do you temprorary override of this inhibit to permit electrical operation.?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use CMCF ground test",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use Alternate  swtich",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can not override",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 550 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "All the control laws, protection features, and stability augmentation of the FCMs are active in .(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal mode",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Secondary mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 66 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Required a minimum of 1 FCM must be installed at all times for What?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Avoid loss of power sources",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "to keep the rigging data for the current airplane configuration",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To transfer data for new one is installed",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 26 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In normal mode of operation of the PFCF, which surfaces move down (droop) when the flaps and slats are not retracted (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the ailerons,flaperons",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the flaperons, spoilers",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ailerons, flaperons and spoilers",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 244 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What must you do . After removal and replacement of any actuator control electronics (ACE) or flight control module (FCM)?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LRU replacement test",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "electronic rigging",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operational test",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page: 94 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to return PFCF from the secondary mode to the normal mode?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "set the PFC disconnect switch to the disconnect (DISC) position and then to the AUTO position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The PFCF automatically selects the normal mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "set the PFC disconnect switch to the AUTO potition",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:70 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to detect Outboard Slat Skew? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It uses a cable (lanyard) system.A lanyard goes along the back of the outboard slats and connects to the DMA.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It uses Inboard Skew Sensors to detect Outboard skew",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It use Slat Position Sensors to detect Outboard skew",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:706 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does Empennage Door Actuation System (EDAS) operate in Purge mode? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft in cruise",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft on ground",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During climb,low airspeed",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:526 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During minor rigging (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No tool measurement is necessary - only central maintenance computing function (CMCF).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "you must move a surface or sensor at a measured rig point with an index plate or a rig  tool",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "some special tools may be necessary to get the neutral (null) value",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:778 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What flight control computer controls the horizontal stabilizer trim actuator (HSTA) when the alternate pitch trim switches use? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "flight control electronics (FCE)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Control Module (FCM)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No. Because Alternate pitch trim switch signals go directly to the Electric Motor Control     Units (EMCU)",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:470 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If both PCUs on the Aileron have failure, the related PCUs are in(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Active mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Damped mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Damped/Blocked mode",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:140 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of The variable camber trim unit (VCTU) ?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "lets the INB and OUTB TE flaps operate independently during cruise.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "lets the INB and OUTB TE flaps operate together during cruise.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "lets the INB and OUTB TE flaps operate independently during climb",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:630 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which  power is used  for Flap power drive unit ( PDU) in the secondary mode.(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "hydraulic or electric power.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "electric power.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "hydraulic power",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:582 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When do you move the rudder pedals up to 70% of rudder travel?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A/C On the ground at speeds of less than 55 knots",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A/C On the ground at speeds of less than 65 knots",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A/C On the ground at speeds of less than 45 knots",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:352 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the horizontal stabilizer cutout switches ? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "remove hydraulic power from horizontal stabilizer PCUs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "remove power from the electric motor control unit (EMCU).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Send signals to the ACEs to stop stabilizer movement",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:787 Training Lab Notebook,Flight Control System Book 2 of 4 . Page:474 of 813"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight control software is in:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CCS.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCE.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ACE.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 10 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the PFCF direct mode:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight deck inputs supply control commands through the ACEs.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FCMs supply control commands to the flight surfaces.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight deck inputs supply control commands through the back drive actuators.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 11 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The primary flight control function (PFCF) has these components:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCE L, FCE C and FCE R.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCE L, FCE C1, FCE C2 and FCE R.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },

            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCE L, FCE CL, FCE CR and FCE R.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 10 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The primary flight control function (PFCF) has these components:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 FCMs (one in the FCE L and one in the FCE R).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 FCMs (one in each FCEs).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 FCMs (one in the FCE L, one in the FCE C1 and one in the FCE R).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 10 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many are there direct mode rate sensors (DMRS)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 10 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the primary source power to the PCM in FCE L, R and C1?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain flight instrument bus.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28 V DC Bus.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VFSG PMG.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 11 of 813 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which PCMs have an own FCE battery?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCM C1 and PCM C2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCM L and PCM R.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCM L, PCM C1 and PCM R.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 30 of 813 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Primary Flight Control Function (PFCF), Auto Flight Function (AFF) and High Lift Function (HLF) are in",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCM.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCM.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ACE.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 26 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the DMRSs?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the Fwd EE Bay.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the bulk cargo bay, aft bulkhead.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the fwd cargo bay, aft bulkhead.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 56 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The surface lock function (2 flight control lock switches on P5) only operate",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the air.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "For maintenance use only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground speed is more than 40 knots.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 60 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Even the flight control surface switches are ON, LOCK shows:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The switches do not remove hydraulic from flight control PCUs.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The primary surfaces can not move.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The high lift surfaces can not move.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 60 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Even the flight control surface switches are ON, LOCK shows:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The switches remove hydraulic from flight control PCUs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The primary surfaces can move if the PRIMARY FLIGHT COMPUTERS switch is in the DISC position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The high lift surfaces can not move.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 60 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Even the flight control surface switches are ON, LOCK shows:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The switches remove hydraulic from flight control PCUs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The primary surfaces can not move.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The high lift surfaces can move if the flaps are in the ALTN mode.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 60 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If any required sensor data are invalid, the PFCF automatically transits from Normal to Secondary mode",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If data are valid again, the PFCF automatically back to Normal mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Mode does not automatically return to Normal mode.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If data are still invalid, the PFCF automatically transits in Direct mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 64,70 of 813 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In Secondary mode, these protection functions are not available:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yaw damping.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bank angle.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overspeed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 70 of 813 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does control the hydraulic solenoid valve on the PCU?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ACE.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FCM.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "REU/SREU.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 102 of 813 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "These spoilers use EMCU to move the EMAs:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 and 9.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4, 5, 10 and 11.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 and 12.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 102 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are 4 RVDTs in the control wheel position transducer:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 RVDTs for FCEs and 1 RVDT for back up.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 RVDTs for 4 FCEs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 RVDTs for FCEs and 1 RVDTs for spoiler EMCU.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 102 of 813 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The wheel force transducer send a signal to FCEs for",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bank angle protection.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stall protection.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Override the control wheel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page  114 of 813 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The control wheel lateral force limiter permits",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Limit the control wheel angle movement.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move the control wheel when autopilot engages.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Full movement of non-jammed wheel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 122 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The aileron actuator has 3 modes of operation:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Active, damped, blocked/damped.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Active, bypass, blocked/bypass.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal, bypass, bypass/damped.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 140 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flaperon actuator has 3 modes of operation:",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Active, bypass, blocked/bypass.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Normal, bypass, bypass/damped.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Active, damped, blocked/damped.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 174 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If you install only a left or right flaperon/aileron PCU",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the 27 flight control – flaperon/aileron actuator LRU test.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the left or right flaperon/aileron actuator major rig task.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do the left or right flaperon/aileron actuator minor rig task.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page  174 of 813 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you operate the flaps on ground (retract or extend)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must have all 03 external electric powers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must raise the spoilers at least 5 degrees.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You must operate all 03 hydraulic systems at a time.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 194 of 813 (A, B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you set the parking brake,",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The spoilers move to a no-gap position above the flap.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The spoilers move to a gap position above the flap.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The spoilers move to a partial position above the flap.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 195 of 813 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "These spoiler EMCUs get an analog signal directly from the RVDTs of the captain and F/O control wheel",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 and 9.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 and 11.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5 and 10.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Flight Control System Book 3B, page 212 of 813 (B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does we use lock out tool to dispatch the spoiler EMA inoperative?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the hydraulic spoiler dispatch tool is not available.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the spoiler EMA doesn’t have a shearout.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the spoiler EMA has a shearout.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-27-00-00-19A-721B-A(B1, B2)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of the B787 aircraft vent system is: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevents pressure differences between the tanks and ambient air.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove water and contamination from the fuel tanks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Removes fuel fumes from the tank before maintenance access",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 28: FUEL",
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Storage and Venting  ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Location of the fuel center tank: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are between ribs 9 and 32 in the wing box of each wing.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The center tank is between rib 4 of the left wing and rib 4 of the right wing. Wing ribs divide each side of the center tank into seven fuel bays.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The center tank is between rib 9 of the left wing and rib 9 of the right wing. Wing ribs divide each side of the center tank into seven fuel bays.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Storage and Venting  ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to access to the main part of the center tank: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Outboard of the side-of-body ribs (SOB) is through lower wing access panels.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is through one access panel on the aft spar, in the right wheel well.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From upper wing access panels.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Storage and Venting  ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you know  the surge tank pressure relief valve opened when you’re doing a walk around check? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "With EICAS display.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "it protrudes below the lower surface of the wing.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Observe fuel spill through a flame arrestor and vent scoop.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Storage and Venting  ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does Refuel Control Panel (RCP) get electric power from RPDUs? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RCP gets power when the RCP door is open.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When aircraft is on ground and has power.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When all valves switches is “Enable”",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Pressure Refueling System  ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What statement is True? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The OVERFILL light comes on if the RCP senses an overfill condition.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The OVERFILL light comes on if there are fuel in surge tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The OVERFILL light comes on if the FQIS senses an overfill condition.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Pressure Refueling System  ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of Engine Feed system? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sends fuel to the engines from the main and center fuel tanks. Can balance fuel between main tanks.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uses fuel to cool the variable frequency starter generators (VFSG) during engine shutdown.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sends fuel to fuel operated valves and actuators.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Pressure Refueling System  ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What statement is True? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fuel pump pressure switch is not an LRU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fuel boost pumps are different from the center tank fuel pumps.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fuel boost pumps are the same with the center tank fuel pumps",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Pressure Refueling System  ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many suction feed check valves are there in main and center fuel tanks? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 2 check valve in each of the main tanks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is 1 suction feed check valves in the center fuel tank, 1 check valve in each of the main tanks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is no suction feed check valves in the center fuel tank, 1 check valve in each of the main tanks.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Pressure Refueling System  ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of the O/J pumps usually make higher pressure than the main tank boost pumps: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This higher pressure closes (overrides) the outlet check valves on the main tank boost pumps. This makes sure fuel from the center tank is used before main tank fuel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This higher pressure opens (overrides) the outlet check valves on the main tank boost pumps. This makes sure fuel from the center tank is used before main tank fuel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This higher pressure closes (overrides) the outlet check valves on the main tank boost pumps. This makes sure fuel from the main tank is used before center tank fuel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel – Pressure Refueling System  ATA 28, MTM"
    },
    {
        "ch": "To transfer fuel from one tank to a different tank, we use: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Refuel Control Panel (RCP) only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Fuel Control Panel (FCP) only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both the RCP and the FCP.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-21-00-01A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "To perform Fuel Quantity Indicating System Channel Comparison - Functional Test: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
			{
                "ans": [
                    "Refuel valves are open, and the airplane AIR/GROUND status is GND.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Refuel valves are closed, and the airplane AIR/GROUND status is GND.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Refuel valves are closed, and the airplane AIR/GROUND status is AIR.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
		],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-41-00-01A-340A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Refuel operation with electrical power from the airplane battery: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the left main tank can be refueled.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the right main tank can be refueled.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the center tank can be refueled.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Book 1 of 3, Fuel Systems, Fuel – Distribution, page 80."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Pressure refueling, push and hold the TEST switch to the PANEL position, this does the test of: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel quantity indicators, load select displays, the overfill indication light, and the valve position lights.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The refuel valve open and closed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel quantity indicators, load select displays, the refuel valve.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-12-11-01-02B-211A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "During refueling operation, red OVERFILL indication light on the RCP comes on: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The refuel operation will stop automatically.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manual set the ALL VALVES switch to the CLOSE position then removes fuel from the overfilled fuel tank.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The refuel operation will stop automatically. Manual set the ALL VALVES switch to the CLOSE position then removes fuel from the overfilled fuel tank.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-12-11-01-02B-211A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When perform suction defueling of center fuel tank: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DEFUEL VALVES switch is in the OPEN position, CENTER MANUAL FUELING VALVES switch to the OPEN position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DEFUEL VALVES switch is in the CLOSE position, CENTER MANUAL FUELING VALVES switch to the OPEN position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "DEFUEL VALVES switch is in the OPEN position, CENTER MANUAL FUELING VALVES switch to the CLOSE position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-26-00-01C-221A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Deactivate the actuator for a fuel system valve to the open or closed position as MEL required: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the position of the driveshaft aligns with indication on the adapter.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure the position of the driveshaft in the actuator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Using CBIC functions to set the valve in open or closed position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-00-06-00A-510B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The pressure refuel system is controlled by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel quantity management system (FQMS) function software.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
			{
                "ans": [
                    "Refuel control panel (RCP).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
			{
                "ans": [
                    "FQMS functions software and the RCP.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-21-00-01A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Power to open and close the refuel valves is supplied by: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28 v dc CAPT INST BUS",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28 v dc LEFT MAIN BUS.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28 v dc CAPT INST BUS, 28 v dc LEFT MAIN BUS.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-21-00-01A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The fuel shutoff module (FSM) makes sure that the fuel system always has power: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To open Engine fuel shutoff valves and APU fuel shutoff valve.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To close Engine fuel shutoff valves and APU fuel shutoff valve.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To open and close Engine fuel shutoff valves and APU fuel shutoff valve.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-22-00-23A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fuel Pumps PRESS light switch come on and stay on: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pump is faulty.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is power is not supplied to the pump.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is low pressure at the pump outlet.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-22-00-23A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU fuel feed system supplies fuel to the APU: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From the main tanks only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From the main tanks or the center tank.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From the center tank only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-25-00-00A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "For APU fuel feed function, when the LEFT AFT boost pump comes on? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AC power is available and APU gets set to ON or START.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AC power is available and APU is in the cool down phase of the shutdown cycle.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AC power is available and APU gets set to ON or START, OR APU is in the cool down phase of the shutdown cycle.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-25-00-00A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU dc pump feeds the APU when: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is no ac pump pressure from the left aft boost pump.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is no ac pump pressure from left forward boost pump.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is no ac pump pressure from the left aft & forward boost pump.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-25-00-00A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Electrical power for operation of the override/jettison (O/J) pumps is from? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The electrical load control unit (ELCU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Override/jettison motor controllers (OJMC).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ELCU and OJMC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-22-00-23A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The amber VALVE light of cross-feed valve switch come on indicates? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cross-feed valve open.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cross-feed valve closed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Position of the valve disagrees with the selected position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-22-00-23A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "To correct a fuel imbalance in the main tank? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uses the fuel cross-feed system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uses fuel balance system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uses the fuel cross-feed system or fuel balance system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-22-00-23A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fuel jettison nozzle valves are controlled? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Directly by the nozzle switches on the fuel control panel (FCP).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "By Fuel quantity management system (FQMS) function.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only on the ground.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-31-00-00A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FQMS function does these functions: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel quantity, fuel temperature, fuel displays.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel level, volumetric shutoff, overfills warning.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel quantity, fuel temperature, fuel displays and Fuel level, volumetric shutoff, overfills warning.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-41-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ground test for the left aft boost pump is required: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric power from APU.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric power from external power.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric power from battery.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-28-22-05-00A-720A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What system does the RAT provide hydraulic power to: (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The primary flight controls connected to the center hydraulic system",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The primary flight controls connected to the left hydraulic system",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The primary flight controls connected to the right hydraulic system",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 29: HYDRAULIC POWER",
        "ref": "Ref: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Ram Air Turbine System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 168."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How can the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) be retracted: (A, B1)?",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground by maintenance action",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight by pilot",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT can be stowed on ground or in flight",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Ram Air Turbine System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 176."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What signals can automatically extend the RAT: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BSCU and BPCU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HYDIF and BSCU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BPCU and HYDIF",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Ram Air Turbine System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 152."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can we find the stow switch of RAT : (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In cockpit at overhead panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the P57 left main wheel well electrical service panel",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the P56 right main wheel well electrical service panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Ram Air Turbine System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 152."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which one of the followings is not powered by the center hydraulic system: (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose gear steering",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Landing gear actuation",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Thrust reversers",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Ram Air Turbine System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 22."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The hydraulic system supplies pressurized hydraulic fluid to these airplane systems: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary flight controls, Landing gear normal brake, Nose wheel steering, High lift system, Thrust reversers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary flight controls, Landing gear actuation, Nose wheel steering, High lift system, Thrust reversers.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary flight controls, Landing gear alternate brake, Nose wheel steering, High lift system, Thrust reversers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-29-00-00-00A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The left and right hydraulic systems supply hydraulic power to these related components: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary flight control (PFC) actuators, High lift control, Thrust reverser control valve and actuators.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary flight control (PFC) actuators, Landing gear actuators, Thrust reverser control valve and actuators.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Primary flight control (PFC) actuators, Thrust reverser control valve and actuators.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 11."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The center hydraulic system has 2 Electric motor pumps (EMP), C1 and C2: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both EMPs are primary pump.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both EMPs are demand pump.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One EMP is the primary pump and the other is the demand pump dependent on the day of the month.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 11."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of reservoir suction shutoff valve is? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Suction drains hydraulic fluid in reservoir.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This makes sure the reservoir does not lose all fluid if there is a leak in the system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "This makes sure the engine driven pump (EDP) has enough fluid to operate the flight controls.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 68."
    },
    {
        "ch": "During maintenance check of the hydraulic accumulator pre-charge: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The bootstrap reservoir circuit must be pressurized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The bootstrap reservoir circuit must be depressurized.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The bootstrap reservoir circuit must be either depressurized or pressurized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 76."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the engine fire switch is used, it: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Closes the supply shutoff valve.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Energizes the EDP depressurization solenoid.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Closes the supply shutoff valve and energizes the EDP depressurization solenoid.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 96."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The engine-driven pumps (EDP) supply primary hydraulic pressure for the left and right hydraulic systems and located: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the related engine aft strut fairings.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the forward face of the onside engine accessory gearbox.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the left aft wing-to-body fairing.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 88."
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are 2 priority valves, Main landing gear and High lift. If pressure decreases to a pre-set level: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve closes to stop hydraulic fluid flow to the main landing gear or high lift devices.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve opens to supply hydraulic fluid flow to the main landing gear or high lift device.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve removes hydraulic power to the primary flight controls or nose wheel steering system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 200."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The reservoir fill remote quantity indicator gage to show the system fluid quantity when: (A, B1 ,B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CCR cabinets have power.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Selector valve handle is selected.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CCR cabinets have power and Selector valve handle is selected.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Hydraulic Ground Servicing 787 Training Lab Notebooks, page 424."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Location of hydraulic servicing controls and connections: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the nose landing gear wheel well.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the right main landing gear wheel well on the aft bulkhead.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the left main landing gear wheel well on the aft bulkhead.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-29-18-00-00A-110A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The most accurate method of the hydraulic fluid level check is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At the ground service bay indicator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "At the hydraulic reservoirs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the hydraulic maintenance page.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Hydraulic Ground Servicing 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 412."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Electric motor pumps (EMP) get power (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From hot battery bus.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From Electric Load Control Unit (ELCU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From common motor start controllers (CMCS).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 104."
    },
    {
        "ch": "There is a copy of the HYDIF software in 3 general processor modules: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 in the left CCR cabinet, 1 in the right CCR cabinet.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 in the left CCR cabinet, 2 in the right CCR cabinet.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 in the left CCR cabinet.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 20."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the electrical power source is External Power (EP), to operate the Electric Motor Pump (EMP): (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that an IRU (Inertial Reference Unit) is off.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that an IRU is on.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make sure that GND test switch in ENABLE position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-29-11-00-20D-210B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When 2 External Power (FWD L&R) available: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "available: (A, B1, B2)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "C1 & L or C2 & R EMP can operates.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "C1 & R or C2 & L EMP can operates.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All EMP can be operates.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-29-11-00-20D-210B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If a system pressure signal is not valid (sensor out-of-range): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lowest valid pump pressure for the related system shows.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The highest valid pump pressure for the related system shows.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The average valid pump pressure for the related system shows.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 246."
    },
    {
        "ch": "On ground maintenance, to prepare retraction of the RAT (Ram Air Turbine): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set the GND Test switch to the NORM position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set the GND Test switch to the ENABLE position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Center hydraulic system must be depressurized.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-29-21-00-17A-110A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The amber RAT unlocked (UNLKD) light is on indicates: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT is deployed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT is not in the fully up and locked position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RAT is stowed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Ram Air Turbine System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 362."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Determines a clogged filter condition of case drain filter module: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Show on hydraulic maintenance page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pop-out indicators on the filters.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EICAS shows a related status message.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: Hydraulics Book 1 of 4, Hydraulic Systems, Main Hydraulic Systems 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 128."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where does the EAI bleed air come from: (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "HPC 7<sup>th</sup> stage.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LPC 4<sup>th</sup> stage.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CAC outlet.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 30: ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION",
        "ref": "Ref: Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, Ice and Rain - Primary Ice Detection System, page 30."
    },
    {
        "ch": "EAI Pressure Regulating and Shutoff Valve is a butterfly valve, spring-loaded to close, and it is opened by: (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hydraulic.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pneumatic.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, Ice and Rain - Primary Ice Detection System, page 42."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happen in case of one EAI PRSOV inop at main base : (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A new PRSOV must be replaced.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Allow to dispatch with PRSOV is locked in close position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Allow to dispatch with PRSOV is locked in mid position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, Ice and Rain - Primary Ice Detection System, page 50."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The primary ice detection system (PIDS) is fully automated and: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates on the ground.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates in flight.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Operates on ground or in flight.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 22."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Engine anti-ice (EAI) system prevents ice: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uses engine compressor bleed air to heat the inside of the inlet cowl lip.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uses engine turbine hot air to heat the inside of the inlet cowl lip.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uses electro-thermal heater to heat the inside of the inlet cowl lip.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 26."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which control the engine anti-ice (EAI) system: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The common core system (CCS) through main engine data concentrator (MEDC).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EAI controller.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EEC.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 38."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The wing ice protection system (WIPS) operates: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground in icing condition.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight only, except for maintenance ground tests.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In flight only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 82."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which slats are heated to prevent icing? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2, 3, 4, 5 and 8, 9, 10, 11.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inboard leading edge slats.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All leading edge slats.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 66."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Modes of the wing ice protection system (WIPS) operation are(is): (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 mode: anti-ice mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 modes: anti-ice and de-icing modes.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 modes: anti-ice, de-icing and limited anti-ice modes.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 82."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If one heater zone of slat #2 fails: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EICAS caution message shows.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The zone in the same position on the slat # 11 is shut off to keep symmetry.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The zone in the opposite position on the slat # 2 is shut off to keep symmetry.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 83."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The air data sensors ice protection system uses electrical heaters are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pitot probes, Angle of attack (AOA) sensors, P20/T20 probe, Total air temperature (TAT) probe.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pitot probes, AOA sensors, static pressure sense ports, TAT probe.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pitot probes, AOA sensors, TAT probe.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 114."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The cabin air compressor (CAC) inlet ice protection system (CIPS) operates: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the ground, EAI switch is set to AUTO and PIDS shows an icing condition.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the air, EAI switch is set to AUTO and PIDS shows an icing condition.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the air when the foreign object damage (FOD) door is deployed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 102."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The window heat control system (WHCS) operates in backup mode: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply only forward window anti-fog.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply only forward window anti-ice.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply forward window anti-ice and anti-fog.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Ice and Rain Protection, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 152."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many components does the RIPS (Recorder Independent Power Supply) have an interface? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1. Aft FR (Flight Recorder).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2. Forward FR (Flight Recorder) and Flight deck area microphone.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3. Forward FR, Aft FR (Flight Recorder) and Flight deck area microphone.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 31: INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM",
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-042B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The flight deck area microphone sends analog audio to these components: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward FR (Flight Recorder), Aft FR (Flight Recorder) and P40.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward FR (Flight Recorder) and Captain ACP (Audio Control Panel).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft (Flight Recorder) and First Officer ACP (Audio Control Panel).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The FRS (Flight Recorder System) has these components: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only Forward FR (Flight Recorder) with ULB (Underwater Locator Beacon).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward FR (Flight Recorder) with ULB (Underwater Locator Beacon) and Aft FR (Flight Recorder) with ULB (Underwater Locator Beacon).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward FR (Flight Recorder) with ULB (Underwater Locator Beacon) and Aft FR (Flight Recorder) with ULB (Underwater Locator Beacon), RIPS (Recorder Independent Power Supply), Flight compartment area microphone.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the FR (Flight Recorder)s functions? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only FR (Flight Recorder) function.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FR (Flight Recorder) function, CVR (Cockpit Voice Recorder) function, Datalink recorder for CNS (Communication/Navigation/Surveillance)/ATM (Air Traffic Management) function, DFDAF (Digital Flight Data Acquisition Function).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only CVR (Cockpit Voice Recorder) function.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What’s happen if no engines start and the airplane does not take off within 10 minutes after you push the TEST switch: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FR (Flight Recorder) stops the recording operation.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FR (Flight Recorder) continues the recording operation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The FR (Flight Recorder) stops the recording operation after 5 minutes later.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-110A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What’s happen if test passes from the TEST switch on the CVR (Cockpit Voice Recorder) panel? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flight deck speakers make a 1 kHz (kilohertz) tone and the status message VOICE RECORDER SYS show.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flight deck speakers make a 1 kHz (kilohertz) tone and the status message VOICE RECORDER SYS does not show.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only the status message VOICE RECORDER SYS does not show.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-110A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The DCAF makes alerts and sends the alert data to the: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only Graphic generators (GG).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only Master warning and caution lights.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Graphic generators (GG), Audio control panels (ACP) and Master warning and caution lights.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Caution and Warning System Page 389."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many Graphic generators (GG) does the Primary Display System (PDS) have? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Display Crew and Alerting Systems Page 218."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many Head-down displays (HDD) in the flight deck? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Display Crew and Alerting Systems Page 218."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Graphic generators (GG) get power from: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The main battery.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RPDU cards.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The power conditioning modules in the CCR cabinets.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Display Crew and Alerting Systems Page 222."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What’s the function of HUD (Head-Up Display) declutter switch? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn ON HUD (Head-Up Display).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turn OFF HUD (Head-Up Display).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Controls the quantity of data that appears on the HUD (Head-Up Display).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-87A-034B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "There is an EICAS transfer switch on the Captain and the First Officer EFIS/DSP control panel, the EICAS transfer switch use for: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Moves the EICAS display between the Captain side and the First Officer side.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Removes some EICAS messages on the Captain side and the First Officer side.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shows secondary engine data from EICAS on the Captain side.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Display Crew and Alerting Systems Page 286."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How long can each flight recorder (FR) stores system parameters? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 25 hours.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 2 hours.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Up to 255 hours.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-018A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the function of RLS (Remote Light Sensor)? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RLS (Remote Light Sensor) sends an ambient light analog signal to the CDN (Common Data Network) for automatic indication of the HDD (Head-Down Display).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RLS (Remote Light Sensor) sends an ambient light analog signal to the CDN (Common Data Network) for automatic brightness control of the HDD (Head-Down Display).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The RLS (Remote Light Sensor) sends an ambient light analog signal to the CDN (Common Data Network) for manual brightness control of the HDD (Head-Down Display).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Display Crew and Alerting Systems Page 260."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where does the Forward FR get power? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Directly from a left 28v dc bus.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From a 28v dc bus through the recorder independent power supply (RIPS).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From hot battery bus.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: MTM Central Information, Central Maintenance, Fault Isolation, Recording and Data Management Page 328."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the FR (Flight Recorder) start recording flight data and audio? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Parking brake release.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flight crew enters the origin airport during preflight.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the cockpit voice recorder (CVR) ERASE button.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-31-00-00A-110A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where does the flight compartment printer get print requests? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "UMD (Universal Maintenance Device), MFD (Multi Function Display)s, EFB (Electronic Flight Bag) system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only EFB (Electronic Flight Bag) system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Head Up Display (HUD)s.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-33-00-00A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many remote light sensors (RLS) are there? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-00A-042B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many positions does the HUD (Head-Up Display) combiner have? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stowed, Deployed and Breakaway.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stowed and Deployed.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stowed and Breakaway.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-82A-034B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are the CBIC (Circuit Breaker Indication and Control) functions? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gives control and indications for ECB (Electronic Circuit Breaker)s",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gives control and indications for TCB (Thermal Circuit Breaker)s",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gives control and indications for ECB (Electronic Circuit Breaker)s and indications for TCB (Thermal Circuit Breaker)s",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-31-61-00-41A-110A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When you can raise the gear lever to “UP” position? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft is airborne or Pushing and holding the landing gear lever LOCK OVERRIDE switch",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft is airborne and Pushing, holding the landing gear lever LOCK OVERRIDE switch",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only when aircraft is airborne",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 32: LANDING GEAR",
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-32-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the normal sequence of EICAS gear position indications during a retraction? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green DOWN changes to white cross-hatch during transit. When gear is up, indication changes to UP for 10 secs and then blanks.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green DOWN changes to UP for 10 secs and then blanks",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Green DOWN changes to white cross-hatch during transit. When gear is up, indication changes to UP.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-61-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following does NOT cause the BRAKE message to show adjacent to a wheel symbol? (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One EBA is failed;",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two EBA are failed;",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "More than 01 EBA on a brake or an EBA retract failure",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-61-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the alternate gear extension system is used, how the gear indication shows on the EICAS? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GEAR indication on the EICAS shows as one box",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GEAR indication on the EICAS shows as three boxes, one for each gear.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GEAR indication on the EICAS shows as three boxes, one for each gear. The boxes show “ALT” Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-61-00-00A-110A-A",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ]
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can the gear be operated in normal landing gear operation after an alternate selection? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, the landing gear can be retracted by the center hydraulic system, if it is operating, by selecting the gear lever to the “UP” position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, the gear operation can not reset in flight",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, after the MLG/NLG bypass off relays and MLG/NLG door close relays are reset",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-35-00-10A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What system powers the brakes? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The electrical system via four electric brake power supply units.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BSCU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remote power distribution units",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-41-00-01A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "For a normal landing when will the Autobrake system apply the brakes? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both thrust levers are retarded to idle, and landing gear lever is down for more than 20 seconds and average wheel speed is more than 60 KTS",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both thrust levers are retarded to idle, and landing gear lever is down for more than 20 seconds and brake pedal commands of less than 65 percent",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane on the ground and two thrust levers at idle",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-42-00-11A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the BRAKE TEMP advisory displayed? (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BRAKE TEMP advisory shows on EICAS with the brake temp indication of 5.0 or more, and stay on until brake temp indication is 3.0 or less",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BRAKE TEMP advisory shows on EICAS with the brake temp indication of 5.0 or more, and disappears with the brake temp indication is less than 5.0",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BRAKE TEMP advisory shows on EICAS with the brake temp indication of 3.0 or more",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-40-00-01A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many seals are there in the landing gear shock struts? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "01 Dynamic seal, 01 Static seal, 04 spare seals",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "01 Dynamic seal, 01 Static seal, 02 spare seals",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02 Dynamic seal, 02 Static seal, 04 spare seals",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-11-00-03A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If airplane power goes off and the battery switch goes off. Which of the following statements is TRUE (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EBPSUs let the brake system continue operation from the main battery before the end of the 60 minutes since the parking brake sets",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake system does not oparate",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EBPSUs let the brake system continue operation from the main battery before the end of the 60 minutes since the battery switch goes off",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-40-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How is wheel speed calculated for antiskid operation? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hall effect sensors in the related MLG axle RDC monitor magnetic pulses from the magnetic ring attached to wheel. The wheel speed is proportional to the magnetic pulse rate",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Wheel speed transducer per wheel transmits wheel speed signal to axle RDC",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Axle RDC software converts the wheel rotation measurement into a digital signal and computes reference velocity and velocity error.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-40-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What supply servo control for nose wheel steering? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The captain and fist officer NWS tiller",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Landing gear actuation/ Nose wheel steering control function in CCS",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remote Electronics Unit",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-51-00-01A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following the LGA/NWS function used to control LDG system sequence? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sequence valves",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Proximity sensing system",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LDG Bypass/ Auto-Off valve module",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-32-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component control LDG actuation system? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CCR",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PSDC",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "REU",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-32-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to close the forward nose LDG door for ground maintenance? (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose LDG safety handle in Stow/ Center hydraulic pressurize/ door control and arm switch on P40",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose LDG safety handle in Stow/ Center hydraulic pressurize/ door control and arm switch on P56",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose LDG safety handle in Stow/ Center hydraulic pressurize/ door control and arm switch on P57",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-35-00-07A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which power source supply power to open LDG doors for ground maintenance? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground handling power",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward external power",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hot battery power",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-32-35-00-07A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you open nose landing gear door for ground maintenance (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use gear door control switch on P40 panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use gear door control switch on P56 panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use gear door control switch on P57 panel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-00-40-00A-540A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What components give Air/Ground data? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Truck tilt sensors and strut compressed sensors.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Truck tow sensors and strut compressed sensors.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WOW load sensors.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  DMC-B787-A-32-09-00-03A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are(is) control landing gear control system sequencing? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The landing gear actuation and nose wheel steering (LGA/NWS) control function in the common core system (CCS).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control proximity sensors.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Landing gear control lever module.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-31-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which brake system components control brake system operation? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric brake actuator controllers (EBAC).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake system control unit (BSCU).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric brake power supply units (EBPSU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-40-00-04A-034B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which components calculate antiskid command? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main landing gear axle remote data concentrators.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose landing gear axle remote data concentrators.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake System Control Unit (BSCU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-40-00-05A-034B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which inputs does the nose landing gear actuation/nose wheel steering (LGA/NWS) software function use to calculate nose wheel steering position commands? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Captain & F/O Tiller position and Rudder pedal position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NWS position from NWS position transducer module.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tow lever position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-51-00-01A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happen to nose wheels when you turn Captain tiller 20 degrees left and F/O tiller 20 degrees right at the same time (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move to left.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Move to right.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Never move.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-51-00-02A-034B-A & DMC-B787-A-32-51-00-01A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Push the Rudder pedal disconnect switch on nose wheel steering (NWS) tiller module (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Permits a test of rudder movement without nose wheel movement.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To disconnect mechanical links between rudder pedals and tillers.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To disconnect tillers position input.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-51-00-02A-034B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of Tail strike system? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Protect airplane tail section if tail strike occurs.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Help trouble shooting tail strike problem.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Supply tail strike indication to flight deck.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-71-00-01A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many sensors do tail strike system have (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1 sensor.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 sensors.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No sensor because it is open/short circuit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-71-00-01A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "On EICAS, at landing gear position display area there is only one box with DOWN inside. It means (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One main landing gear is extended and locked.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only nose landing gear is extended and locked.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All landing gears are extended and locked.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-61-00-10A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which page is used to check if gear doors are closed? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Door synoptic page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gear synoptic page.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Status page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-61-00-10A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where can you check brakes for wear? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gear synoptic page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Landing Gear Brakes Maintenance Page and Brake wear indicator pins.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Check Brake wear indicator pins only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-45-07-01B-300C-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What holds nose landing gear in the UP position after retraction? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose gear doors.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Over-center mechanism.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uplock hook.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-20-00-00A-040B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What holds nose landing gear forward doors in the closed position? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Internal lock inside the NLG door actuator.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Over-center mechanism.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Uplock hook.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-34-00-00A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When parking brake is set, Initially the EBACs set hot brakes at (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "85% of maximum force.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "45% of maximum force.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "38% of maximum force.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-40-00-00A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When open landing gear doors for ground maintenance, power for release uplock hooks from? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3000 PSI from Alternate Extend Power Pack .",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5000 PSI from Alternate Extend Power Pack.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "5000 PSI from Center Hydraulic System.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-35-00-10A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which brakes operate when you push the captain's right pedal only? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All brakes operate.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only brakes on left main landing gear operate.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only brakes on right main landing gear operate.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-42-00-00A-340A-A & DMC-B787-A-32-40-00-00A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do you know if the brake is hot while looking at the Gear Synoptic page? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Number and brake symbol change to solid white.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake Temp message appears next to brake symbol.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Number and Brake symbol change to amber.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-40-00-00A-110A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "To de-active brake, what must use? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Special Functions in CMCF.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ground Tests in CMCF.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maintenance Enable/Disable in CMCF.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-00-00-18A-721B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If a tire has been rolled flat, what should you do? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Re-inflate wheel to normal pressure range and monitor for 24 hours.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace the flat applicable wheel and tire assembly installed on the opposite side of that axle.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Replace applicable wheel only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-45-04-00B-311A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which brake system components supply control power to electric brake actuators (EBA)? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric Brake Actuator Controller (EBAC).",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electric Brake Power Supply Unit (EBPSU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Brake System Control Units (BSCU).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-40-00-02A-034B-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What source of hydraulic fluid for Alternate extension power pack? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left hydraulic system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Over side tube on center hydraulic system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right hydraulic system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-35-00-10A-042A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "To disconnect the upper and lower torsion links on the NLG (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use special tool from Boeing or approved by Boeing.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pull the handles on the quick-disconnects at the joint of the upper torque link and the lower torque link.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remove the safety bolt first and then remove the pin to disconnect upper/lower link.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-32-21-11-01A-510A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kinds of signal does the passenger signs control panel is on the P5 overhead panel will control: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Chime and Signs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only single chime",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only SignS",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 33: LIGHTS",
        "ref": "Ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights – Passenger Compartment, page 220"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which types of galley lights can show different colors?  (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Area lights in the ceiling panel",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Work lights in the galley insert",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Neither Area lights nor Work lights",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-33-27-00-07A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the PRIME wireless emergency lighting system (WELS) control units?   (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The prime units are above 4 of the passenger doors",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The prime units are in FWD and AFT EE bay",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The prime units are above ceiling of CABIN",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: :DMC-B787-A-33-51-07-01A-520A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which Prime WELS control  units is the master prime unit?  (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The prime unit above door 1L",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The prime unit above door 3L",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The prime unit above door 4R",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-33-51-00-16A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kinds of the cargo compartment exterior lights are? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "halogen-type bulbs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "LED light",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "high intensity discharge (HID) type",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Cargo Lights ,page 338"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is control the master brightness control function? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A hosted application in the core network system",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A hosted application in the CCR",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A hosted application in CSS",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Flight Compartment, PAGE 156/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the white dot above a switch show?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lights that are controlled by the MASTER BRIGHT switch",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lights that are controlled by the DOME  switch",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The lights that are controlled by the STORM switch",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights - Anti-collision and Logo Lights ,page 156/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which power control units (PCU) will uses analog signals for light control? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Floodlight PCU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Dome light PCU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Miscellaneous light PCU",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: : DMC-B787-A-33-11-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the flight deck entry area light will come on? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the flight deck door is opened",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the flight deck door is closed",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "the Door 1L is closed",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  DMC-B787-A-33-28-02-00A-520A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kinds of signal does the passenger sign control panel is on the P5 overhead panel will control? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Chime and Signs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only single chime",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only Signs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Cabin Systems, Lights - Avionics Book 2 of 5, Lights, Lights – Passenger Compartment, page 220/450"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If an integral panel light off the control panel is fail, to fix it ON WING, you should: ? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "replace individual failure component of the light plate",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "replace a light plate",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "replace the control panel",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-33-11-00-05A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many Master attendant switch panels (ASP) are there on AC? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only one: on door 1L or 2L",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two: on door 1L and door 3L",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Eight: on every door",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  DMC-B787-A-33-21-00-10A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "if the reading light fails , to rectify you must replace: ? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The LED module",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The light assembly",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The defect components of the light assembly",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-33-21-00-11A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are 2 kinds of information signs, they are: ? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Small Information Signs and Large Information Signs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RED Information Signs and BLUE Information Signs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SMART Information Signs and NORMAL Information Signs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  DMC-B787-A-33-21-00-12A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When are the lavatory lights are on dim mode? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the lavatory door is closed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the door is closed and locked",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the lavatory door is open",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-33-26-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "11. Where is the double power supply located? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fwd. EE Bay",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft EE Bay",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fwd. cargo compartment",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-33-42-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Passenger call lights controlled by ?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CSSC (Cabin Services System Controller )",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CAP (Cabin Attendant Panel )",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PCU  (Passenger Control Unit) ",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-33-28-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "These are the P5 EMER LIGHTS switch positions: ? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ARMED, ON , OFF",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ARMED, TEST, OFF",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "OFF, TEST, ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-33-51-00-00A-042A-A, figure 1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which are dome lights can also get power from the emergency lighting system? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The captain AFT and first officer FWD dome lights",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The captain AFT and captain FWD dome lights",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The captain FWD and first officer AFT dome lights",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-33-11-00-01A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the flight management function (FMF) located? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is hosted software function in the CCR cabinets",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is hosted software function in the CDU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is hosted software function in the FCE",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 34: NAVIGATION",
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 396 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What you do to prevent PWS operation during engine runs? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open the ISSPU circuit breakers",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set WXR controls in TEST mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Run engine with N1 more than 60%",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 366 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the Red color show for intensity of the weather? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Moderate returns of moisture",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Heavy returns of moisture",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Turbulence",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 352 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component makes the ADS-B Out signal? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The software in CCR",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Function in the ISSPU",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Function in the IRU",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 324 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is Automatic Dependent Surveillance (ADS-B) system? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Provides ground control personnel data of airplanes in XPDR mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Respond flight crews and ground control personnel with airplane data when interrogated",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Provides flight crews and ground control personnel data for the position, altitude, and velocity of nearby airplanes",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 324 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the usual switch position mode of operation for the TCAS function? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select TA/RA position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select TA ONLY position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select XPDR position",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 314 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to remove TCAS messages and symbols from the ND and PFD mini-map? ((B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the TFC switch (on the EFIS/DSP)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Select the NORM on TCAS control panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Push the aural cancel switch",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 314 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the TCAS/ATC antennas located? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the top of the fuselage",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the bottom of the fuselage",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One on the top of the fuselage and the orther is on the bottom of the fuselage",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 300 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When Push the TFC (traffic) switch, which display below where the TCAS messages will not show? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ND in the MAP mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ND in the PLAN mode",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD mini-map mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 314 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many TCAS/ATC antenna elements do ATC transponder use to transmit? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only 1 of the 4 elements",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 of the 4 elements",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All 4 elements",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 300 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which mode does the TCAS function transmit using (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mode A",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mode C",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mode S",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 296 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where does the display function show the 4-digit transponder code? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the AUX area on the PFD",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the right bottom of NDs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the ATA 34 maintenance page",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 292 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "where do you load EGPWS database for updating (Level 2) (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EFB",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CCR",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ISSPU",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 370 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which system is not function of the integrated surveillance system (ISS) (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Traffic alert and collision avoidance system (TCAS)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Terrain awareness and warning system (TAWS)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The low range radio altimeter (LRRA) system",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 276 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the radio altitude will not show? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane descends through the radio minimums",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The radio altitude is more than 2500 feet",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The radio altitude is between -20 and 2500 feet",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 202 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many LRRA antennas are there on airplane? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "04",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "06",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 204 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the low range radio altimeter (LRRA) system measures? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The height of the airplane above the sea level",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The height between the airplane and the ground",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pressure altitude of the airplane",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 204 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the standby magnetic compass show ? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft heading relative to the nearest VOR station",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft heading relative to the true north pole",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft heading relative to the magnetic north pole",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 198 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does the ISFD give the flight crew ?  (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attitude, radio altitude, and mach",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attitude, airspeed, and barometric altitude",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Magnetic heading, airspeed, and barometric altitude",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 184 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where does the capture function receive localizer signals through? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The VOR antenna on top of the vertical stabilizer",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The the localizer antenna in the radome",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The the glideslope antenna in the radome",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 132 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the GPS antennas located? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The antennas are on the bottom of the fuselage",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The antennas are on the top of the fuselage",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The left antennas are on the top of the fuselage, the right on the bottom of the fuselage",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 114 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which below function is not combined in the integrated navigation radio (INR) system?  (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "VHF omnidirectional ranging (VOR)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Approach and landing guidance (ILS/GLS)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Traffic alert and collision avoidance system (TCAS)",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 100 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "During the aircraft is in motion on ground, the ERS can align if: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GNSS data is available and ground speed is more than 30 knots",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GNSS data is available and ground speed is less than 30 knots",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only if the ERS is currently in the navigation mode",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 82 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the SET INERTIAL POSITION line of the CDU POS INIT page show ‘Boxes ? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GPS data is available - Position data entry not required",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The airplane personality module data is fail - APM data manual entry required",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "GPS data is not available - Position data entry required",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 82 of 460."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How do the AHRUs/IRUs are cooled? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cooled by liquid from PECS loop",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are passively cooled",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cooled by air blow from air condition pack",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Navigation System, page 68 of 460"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The passenger oxygen cylinder in the passenger service units (PSU) are made of: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Stainless steel.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aluminum.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Graphite composite.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 35: OXYGEN",
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 242 of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of the pyrotechnic initiator on the PSU Oxygen Cylinder use for (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Make a hole in the rupture disc to release oxygen into the high pressure distribution manifold",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Change oxygen high pressure to low pressure",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Protect passenger oxygen cylinder from over pressure",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 242 of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens When the system operates and the masks fall? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oxygen doesn’t immediately begin to flow",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oxygen immediately flow",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Oxygen begin to flow after 10 seconds",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 234 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to prevent full deployment of the masks during Passenger Oxygen System test? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set GRN TEST switch on P5 to Norm position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use specific tools to hold Oxygen Passenger Service Unit (PSU) door",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Set the test button on Passenger Service Unit (PSU) oxygen doors to the test position",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 257 of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many Oxygen lines are connected the distribution manifold to the masks and stowage boxes?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5,Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Page 201 of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the oxygen controller in the Passenger Service Unit (PSU) got power? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Always",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When AC in the air and the airplane cabin altitude gets near 15,000 feet",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On ground, Ground test switch in Normal and Push passenger oxygen switch on the overhead panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 234of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many oxygen masks are there in each lavatory PSU? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 252 of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What component controls Passenger oxygen subsystem? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin Service System Controller (CSSC)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Software in the Common Core System (CCS)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They have not controlled because they operate automatically",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 244of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happens if an Oxygen line to the Capt. Oxygen mask is broken.?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flow fuse are closed all supply lines",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flow fuse is fully closed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The flow fuse is not fully closed",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5,Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Page 206 of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many oxygen systems are provided for the aircraft? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Page 186 of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many flow fuses are installed on manifold pressure assembly? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5,Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System. 787 Training Lab Notebook, Page 206 of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Crew oxygen pressure indication on EICAS is: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Highest pressure of the transducers on the 2 cylinders.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lowest pressure of the transducers on the 2 cylinders.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Average pressure of the transducers on the 2 cylinders.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 227."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Crew Oxygen Minimum Dispatch Pressure data is resided in: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AMM ATA 12.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AMM ATA 35.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight Crew Operations Manual (FCOM).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: DMC-B787-A-35-11-00-14A-320A-A."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The passenger oxygen system uses gaseous oxygen: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From chemical oxygen generator.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From crew oxygen cylinder.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From single-use pressurized oxygen cylinders.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 234."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is purpose of a small hole in the high pressure manifold? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual indication of cylinder leakage.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual indication of over pressure discharge.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual indication of normal condition.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 236."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many ways are there to activate the  passengeroxygen system?(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook,page 256."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When the BIT is complete, LEDs under oxygen PSU door is ON, it shows: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A board failure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A cable test failure.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The BIT successfully passed the test.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 4 of 5, Oxygen Systems, Crew Oxygen System 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 256."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Water Tank Level Sensor get power from: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "115v ac main bus through an RPDU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28v dc from remote power distribution unit (RPDU)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28v ac from remote power distribution unit (RPDU)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 38: WATER/WASTE",
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 268 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The lavatories have 2 types of shut-off valves in use: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2-port, 3 position shutoff valve and 2-port, 2 position shutoff valve",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2-port, 4 position shutoff valve and 2-port, 3 position shutoff valve",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3-port, 4 position shutoff valve and 2-port, 2 position shutoff valve",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 280 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Vent-Overflow Valve is usually in the: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Vent position",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Overflow position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Close position",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 284 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many types of mounts for the galley clog removal valve are there on Boeing B787? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 354 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Waste Tank Liquid Separator is on the tank at: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "08:00 position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "15:00 position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "12:00 position",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 374 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Waste Tank Liquid Separator is secured to the tank with: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "V-band clamp",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Band strap",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "V-band clamp and Band strap",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 374 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each waste tank has: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4 rinse nozzles",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 rinse nozzles",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 rinse nozzles",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 382 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does Vacuum Check Valve open? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the airplane is on the ground, and up to 6,000 feet",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "When the vacuum blower operates",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During flight when the cabin pressure is sufficient to create a vacuum flow.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 402 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "On the ground, what conditions disable the vacuum blower? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The waste tank point level sensor fails",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Water pumps fail",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste tank drain valve is open",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 394 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Potable Water Flow Orifice is on: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Right potable water tank",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Left potable water tank",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ceiling between the waste tanks",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Ice and Rain Protection, Water and Waste Systems - GE, page 260 of 427."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ultraviolet (UV) water treatment module gets power from: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L 115v ac main bus through remote power distribution unit.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "R 115v ac main bus through remote power distribution unit.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hot battery bus.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 244."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The fill/drain valve is a motor-operated valve (MOV): (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It opens to fill the tanks during servicing.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It closes during flush operation.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It opens to fill, drain, and flush operation.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 248."
    },
    {
        "ch": "During fill operations, you select FILL on the service panel: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fill/drain valve opens immediately.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fill/drain valve closed immediately.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The fill/drain valve opens after delayed time for the ultraviolet (UV) treatment module to warm up.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 248."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Two potable water tanks are: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pressurized carbon fiber water tanks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Unpressurized carbon fiber water tanks.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "carbon fiber water tanks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 264."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The water quantity data is displayed at: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cabin attendant panel (CAP) and maintenance page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The potable water service panel and maintenance page.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cabin attendant panel (CAP) and the potable water service panel.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 268."
    },
    {
        "ch": "There are 2 water pumps supply pressure to the water in the potable water recirculation system: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The pumps alternate operation each time the system is serviced.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only one pump operates during system drain operations.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both pumps operate during system flush operations.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 272."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which sensor senses for waste tank full status? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste tank point level sensor.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste tank continuous level sensor.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Point level sensor is primary, continuous level sensor is backup if the point level sensor fails.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference: ECS Book 5 of 5, Water and Waste Systems, 787 Training Lab Notebook, page 390."
    },
    {
        "ch": "PCM internal clock usual get power from: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Battery in clock it shelf",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The hot battery bus (HBB)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One of the four 28v dc buses",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 42: INTEGRATED MODULAR AVIONICS",
        "ref": "Ref:  SDS 42-21-00-03A-034B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can we dispatch the AC with 01 GPM faulty: (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, the Boeing MMEL states 16 installed, 15 required for dispatch",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, If a GPM fails, Aircraft should be on ground",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, provided the defective GPM is in slot 8 (8L or 8R)",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  MEL 42-21-01"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What state is NOT true when working with fiber optic cables? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not bend cables into a radius smaller than 1.5 inches (3.7 cm)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Never look into the end of a fiber optic cable when data is being transmitted",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Try a repair splice of a damaged fiber optic cable before replacement",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Page 136 of Airplane General 1A- Introduction Book 1 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The ARS / ARINC 664 network cabinet switches (ACS) are: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Software Unloadable",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Software loadable",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only software loadable in shop",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 42-21-04-01A-720A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The 21 remote data concentrators (RDC) on CCS: (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Change fiber optic data to ARINC 664 electrical signal data",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Change airplane system data to electrical ARINC 664 data buses",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Send and receive ARINC 664 electrical signal data to and from fiber optic translator (FOX) modules",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Page 160 of Airplane General 1A- Introduction Book 1 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which components is not contains in Each CCR cabinet  (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ARINC 664 network cabinet switches (ACS)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fiber optic translator (FOX) modules",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Remote data concentrators (RDC).",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS 42-21-0000A-040B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which components is not part of the common data network (CDN) (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "General processor modules (GPM)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ARINC 664 network cabinet switches (ACS)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fiber optic translator (FOX) modules",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS 42-21-0000A-040B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "On every CCR cabinet, normally each PCM will supplies power to (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All of the modules",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One half of the modules",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All of the modules except two graphic generator (GG)s",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Page 166 of Airplane General 1A- Introduction Book 1 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which type of switch that connects to airplane systems completely through the CDN (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hardwire interface",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Digital PIP interface",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Combined digital and hardwire interface",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Page 216 of Airplane General 1A- Introduction Book 1 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the CSSC fails, this happens: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "IFE system input fails",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All airplane data from the CDN fails",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "IFE system input fails and All airplane data from the CDN fails",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 44: CABIN SYSTEM",
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 14 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Passenger Service Module (PSM) get power: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "115v ac from RPDUs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28v  ac from RPDUs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28v dc from RPDUs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 46 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The handsets are software loadable: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are loaded  from the cabin zone unit (CZU)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are loaded from the cabin services system controller (CSSC)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "They are loaded from the passenger service modules (PSM)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 52 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The PSMs do not control the: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Attendant call lights",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Reading lights",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin lighting system",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 46 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Handsets get power through the Ethernet bus from the: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Related cabin zone unit(CZU)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Related RPDU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger service modules (PSM)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 52 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The passenger service modules (PSM) get control data from the: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin attendant panel (CAP)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin zone unit (CZU)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin services system controller (CSSC)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 46 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "TCP and ACP control data and digital audio goes through: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CDN to the Passenger service modules (PSM)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CDN to the cabin zone unit (CZU)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The CDN to the Cabin services system controller (CSSC)",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 66 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The passenger services function controls the display of information signs in areas:  (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Lavatories",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Flight deck",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Galleys",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 70 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each cabin zone unit (CZU) can connect to up to: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "7 handsets",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "6 handsets",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "8 handsets",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 52 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CSSC supplies cabin configuration data to the: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger service modules (PSM)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Speaker drive modules (SDM)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin zone units (CZU)",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 10 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CSSC sends data to and receives data from Cabin zone units (CZU) by: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ethernet loop",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "fiber optic",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ethernet",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 14 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CZUs get power: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "115v ac from RPDUs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28v dc from RPDUs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "28v ac from RPDUs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 20 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is The cabin zone units (CZU)  located? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the E2-2 electronics equipment rack",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the E3-2 electronics equipment rack",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Above the cabin ceiling",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 24 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The speaker drive modules (SDM) receive digital audio from: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cabin zone units (CZU)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger service modules (PSM)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin services system controller (CSSC)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 36 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the CSSC has a failure: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can select CABIN MAINTENANCE",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You cannot select CABIN MAINTENANCE",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Handsets cannot operate normally",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Cabin and Lights systems, page 82 of 439."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many central maintenance computing function (CMCF) software are there in each common computing resource (CCR) cabinet? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 45: CENTRAL MAINTENANCE SYSTEM",
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance page 148 of 471."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Scheduled maintenance tasks (SMT) show when:  (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Time limit occurs in a system",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Time or cycle limit occurs in a system",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cycle limit occurs in a system",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 154 of 471."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Inbound flight deck effects page shows: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All existing flight deck effects",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All correlated MMs stored in the present flight leg",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Faults for the current flight leg",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 172 of 471."
    },
    {
        "ch": "These are necessary to correlate a MM to a FDE: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fault tolerant airplane system has not generated a FDE, MO and MM must match on the CMCF MO/MM table",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Specific airplane systems send time interval data to CMCF, SMT and MM must match on the CMCF SMT/MM table",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "FDE and MM must be active or latched at the same time; FDE and MM must match on the CMCF FDE/MM table",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 155 of 471."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Correlated Maintenance Messages (MM) with the Maintenance Memo (MO)  can show in main CMCF menu: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Existing Flight Deck Effects",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Inbound flight deck effects",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Present Leg Faults",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 156 of 471."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The electronic flight bag (EFB) display unit (DU) gives you access to menu to do maintenance: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Document library (DOCUMENTS)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane functions",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Toolbox remote",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 162 of 471."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The maintenance laptop (ML) gives you access to: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electronic logbook (LOGBOOK)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Toolbox remote",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Document library (DOCUMENTS)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 164 of 471."
    },
    {
        "ch": "The CMCF EXISTING FAULTS page shows: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "List of ATA systems that have a fault(s)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Faults for the current flight leg",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "List of ATA systems that had a fault(s) from previous flight legs",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 196 of 471"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The MAINTENANCE PHASE ENABLE/DISABLE is active on: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Multi-Function Display",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electronic flight bag (EFB)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Head-up Display",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 204 of 471"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The INPUT MONITORING selection is active only on: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PFD (Primary Flight Display)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Multi-Function Display",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Maintenance laptop (ML)",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook, Central Information, Central Maintenance, page 206 of 471"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Core network system has 2 physical networks: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open data network (ODN) and Isolated data network (IDN)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Isolated data network (IDN) and common data network (CDN)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Open data network (ODN) and ground networks",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 46: INFORMATION SYSTEM",
        "ref": "Ref: : Page 10 of Airplane General 1B- Introduction Book 2 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many Ethernet ports are there in core network system (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: : Page 36 of Airplane General 1B- Introduction Book 2 of 2, 787 Training Lab  Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "the core network cabinet is controlled by  (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "core network system software in CCR",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "no controls for the core network cabinet",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "core network controller on FWD EE bay",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: : Page 14 of Airplane General 1B- Introduction Book 2 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Ethernet ports for a wired connection of the maintenance laptop (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "connect directly to the common data network",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "connect directly to the open data network",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "connect directly to the isolated data network",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: : Page 36 of Airplane General 1B- Introduction Book 2 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the captain side electronic flight bag (EFB) Electronic unit (DU) located (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the flight deck on the side wall panels, outboard of the captain",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the forward EE bay at  E2-2 rack",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "in the flight deck behind the overhead panels",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: : SDS 46-11-00-29A-055C"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Push the XFR button on the captain electronic flight bag (EFB) display unit (DU)  to (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "show the display from the first officer EFB DU",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "prevent the first officer EFB DU from showing the display",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "show the status message off airplane from captain EFB DU",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: : SDS 46-11-00-03A-034B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "SYSTEM FAULT LOG shows fault messages from the EFB that related to (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "airplane system faults (core network system)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EFB faults only (not airplane system faults)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Restarting the EFB operational software is fault",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: : Page 424 of Airplane General 1B- Introduction Book 2 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The SYSTEM CONFIG function on the EFB MAINTENANCE page will show (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "hardware and non-loadable software parts",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all Aiplane LSAPs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "all loadable EFB software parts",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: : Page 426 of Airplane General 1B- Introduction Book 2 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "which type of video signal that the surveillance camera interface unit (SCIU) sends to the electronic flight bag system  (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "analog",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "digital",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "fiber optic",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: : Page 448 of Airplane General 1B- Introduction Book 2 of 2, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How does the NGS decrease the quantity of oxygen in the air in the fuel tanks?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An Air Separator Module (ASM) removes oxygen from the air and sends it to the tanks",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "An air compressor module (ACM) removes oxygen from the air and sends it to the tanks",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A motor driven compressor (MDC) removes oxygen from the air and sends it to the tanks",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 47: NITROGEN GENERATION SYSTEM",
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU - Powerplant Book 1 of 3, IGS Systems, Nitrogen Generation System (NGS), page 370."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How is it possible to TURN ON/OFF the NGS on the ground for maintenance?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Control by ON/OFF push button on the P5",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "SPECIAL FUNCTIONS on CMCF",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Can not control because system automatically operate",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU - Powerplant Book 1 of 3, IGS Systems, Nitrogen"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Power supply to operation the motor driven compressor (MDC) from?: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSCs",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "RPDU 22",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "P200",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU - Powerplant Book 1 of 3, IGS Systems, Nitrogen Generation System (NGS), page 326."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the motor cooling shutoff valve?: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Changes motor driven compressor (MDC) electric motor rotor and stator cooling from ram air to motor cooling air.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Changes motor driven compressor (MDC)  electric motor rotor and stator cooling from motor cooling air to ram air.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Shut off the motor driven compressor (MDC) cooling.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU - Powerplant Book 1 of 3, IGS Systems, Nitrogen Generation System (NGS), page 334."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What happen in case of NGS MDC 2nd stage compressor overheat?: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It reduces speed to decrease itself temperature",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NGS shut down immediately.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "NGS cooling for 10s and shut down",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU - Powerplant Book 1 of 3, IGS Systems, Nitrogen Generation System (NGS), page 327."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following statements is TRUE: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The NGS operates automatically with PACK control switch in ON position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The NGS operates automatically with no flight deck control interface.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The NGS operates manually on ground and automatically during flight.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 310/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook "
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which air source does NGS use to make Nitrogen Enriched Air (NEA)? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cabin air from an inlet duct under the floor of the forward cargo compartment.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Conditioned air outlet of Environmental Control System PACK.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Compressed air directly from Cabin Air Compressor (CAC).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 314/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook "
    },
    {
        "ch": "NGS pack is located: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In RH MLG wheel well.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In Aft cargo compartment.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Below the right forward wing-to-body fairing.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 314/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook "
    },
    {
        "ch": "Regarding power supply to NGS: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The NGS has the highest priority if power is necessary for other systems.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The NGS has the lowest priority if power is necessary for other systems.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The Motor Driven Compressor can get 235v ac from only one common motor start controllers (CMSC).",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 326/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook "
    },
    {
        "ch": "Cooling air used for the NGS heat exchanger is taken from: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The environmental control system (ECS) ram air inlet only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The environmental control system (ECS) ram air inlet or the Ground Cooling Valve.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The environmental control system (ECS) ram air inlet or the Cabin Air Compressor.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 342/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook "
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following is the correct operation of the Ground Cooling Valve? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is set open when the NGS is in operation and the airplane is on the ground.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is set open when the airplane is in the air.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The valve is set open when the NGS is in operation and the airplane is in the air.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 350/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook "
    },
    {
        "ch": "The purpose of NGS drain valve is: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To give an inspection access for fuel in the distribution system manifold.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To give an inspection access for nitrogen in the distribution system manifold",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To give an inspection access for oxygen in the distribution system manifold",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 406/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook "
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following statements is TRUE: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There are 02 isolation valve body and driveshaft in NGS, their access is through fuel tank access panels.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is an isolation valve body and driveshaft in each fuel tank, their access is through fuel tank access panels.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is an isolation valve body and driveshaft in each fuel tank, their access is on the front spar.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 414/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook "
    },
    {
        "ch": "If start APU with battery, the APU battery powers: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU fire detection system and DC fuel pump",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU controller (APUC), and APU Inlet door actuator",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU controller (APUC), and DC fuel pump",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 49: AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER",
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-10-00-00A-042A-A and DMC-B787-A-49-31-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What will be the result if three or more engine generators go off line in flight? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EICAS Advisory Message APU START is displayed and the APU must be started manually",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU starts when the selector is rotated to the ON position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU automatically starts, regardless of APU selector position",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-61-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If an engine is running or forward external power is selected ON which APU starter/generator is used for APU start? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Either the left or right starter/generator",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The left starter/generator",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both APU starter/generators",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM DMC-B787-A-49-11-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement about the The APU start duty cycle for the common motor start controller is correct? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can do the second APU start after five minutes if the APU did not start the first time",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can do the third APU start after three minutes if the APU did not start the second time",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can do the APU start three times maximum",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM DMC-B787-A-49-11-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What events must precede before setting the APU selector switch to the START position? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The left common computing resource (CCR) cabinet energizes and APU controller is energized",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU air inlet door reaches the full open position",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The spar valve opens and the APU inlet door opens",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM DMC-B787-A-49-11-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What EICAS memo message is displayed when the APU is running and ready to power the airplane? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU RUNNING",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU LIMIT",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-70-00-04A-110B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During start and shutdown, the APUC sends an EICAS status message if: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APUC de-energizes the air inlet door actuator relay to close the air inlet door when the speed of the APU engine goes below 15 percent RPM",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The air inlet door actuator does not move to the new position in less than 120 seconds",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The air inlet door actuator does not move to the new position in less than 60 seconds",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-10-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APUC monitors the sensor for correct operation. If the oil temperature sensor is defective: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can not start APU",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "During the APU starts, the APUC sends a signal to energize the oil pump de-prime valve to go open, no oil goes to the supply oil pump element.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "After the APU starts, the de-prime valve opens, no oil goes to the supply oil pump element",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-94-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can the speed of the APU change? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU speed can not change",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU speed can change only when airplane is in the air",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU speed changes when the ambient temperature changes",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-61-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APUC uses APU and airplane signal  data to give the fuel flow necessary to keep a correct shaft speed. The correct engine speed keeps: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ASG frequency in the range of 380 to 440 Hz (Hertz)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU speed in range",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EGT in range",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-31-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During first part of APU start, which fuel nozzles do the fuel manifolds supply fuel to the APU through? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Six duplex nozzles and six simplex nozzles",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Six duplex nozzles",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Six simplex nozzles",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-31-00-04A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component does the BPCU make a selection of during an APU start? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ASG",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CMSC and ASG",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-49-61-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The APU is operating in the attended mode. Low oil pressure or high EGT is detected. What happen? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The caution message shows on EICAS.  The APU must be manually shut down.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "That cause an APU automatic shutdown",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU operates normally till oil press and EGT are more than the limits",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-49-61-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU oil cooler bypass valve Open to let oil go around the cooler when? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Differential pressure across the cooler is greater than or equal to 80 psi",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Differential pressure across the cooler is greater than or equal to 60 psi",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Differential pressure across the cooler is greater than or equal to 40 psi.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-27-00-10A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU Combustor drain valve open to drain fuel overboard when? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU is running",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The compressor discharge pressure increases",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU an aborted start or fuel nozzles leak during APU SHUTDOWN.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-49-10-00-11A-034B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In Unattended mode. What happen if APU HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE occur? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU auto shutdown",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The APU must be manually shut down",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The caution message shows on EICAS",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-49-61-00-00A-042A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When does the APU fuel shutoff valve open? (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "AFT boost pump ON",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU selector is moved to ON position.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "APU maintenance switch is in TEST position.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-49-00-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "During APU start, which igniter plug is energized by APU ignition exciter? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Both igniter plugs",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The igniter plug selection changes because of the date",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "One igniter plug is energized. If ignition does not occur, the other igniter come on 12 seconds later",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787-A-49-41-00-00A-040B-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which statement about APU oil quantity is not correct? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EICAS status message APU OIL QUANTITY shows you can operate the APU for 26 hours",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "If the APU gearbox has less than 1.7 qt of oil during the APU ON mode, the APU will have a low oil pressure (LOP) shutdown.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The EICAS status message APU OIL QUANTITY shows if the APU gearbox has less than 3.75 qt of oil and the APU is in the attended mode",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM DMC-B787-A-49-11-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What does 787 APU supply? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical and bleed air.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical power only.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bleed air only.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 716/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many Starter Generators (ASG) are there on the APU? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "02.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "01.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "03.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 720/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Can APU start with no fuel pump operation? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, the pump must operate for the APU to start.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, up to 14,000ft.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Yes, the APU can start by suction feed at any altitude.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 864/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "APU fuel module gets power from(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hot battery bus during APU start and PMG after APU start.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hot battery bus during APU start and aircraft power network after APU start.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "PMG during APU start and aircraft power network after APU start.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 866/992 of 4A Fuel, IGS, Fire Protection, and APU – Power plant Book 1 of 3, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of cargo compartment decompression panels? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To ensure equal air pressure between passenger compartment and cargo compartment",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To protect from structural failure due to sudden high pressure difference between the cabin and cargo compartments",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "To provide more strength for cargo compartment panels",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 50: CARGO AND ACCESSORY COMPARTMENT",
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 292 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Inside the cargo compartments, the decompression panels are installed in (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The ceilings, sidewalls and end-walls",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Floor panels",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sidewall panels only",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 292 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "If fiberglass liners have cuts, tears or holes in specified limit. (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Liners shall be removed for repair in work shop or can be repaired by special patch kits on wing",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cargo compartment is carried normally",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The cargo compartment is not carried Fly away kits, ballast",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 290 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What components prevent unwanted ULD movement? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ball panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Self-lift power driver unit (PDU)",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Braking casters",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 346 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Purpose of rollout stop/locks (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevent unit loading device (ULD) movement in vertical and lateral direction",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevent unit loading device (ULD) movement in longitudinal and lateral direction",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Prevent unit loading device (ULD) movement in longitudinal and vertical direction",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 338 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What prevents unwanted movement of a ULD in the roller tray area? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Braking casters",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Spring lift power driver units (PDU) and brake",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Self-lift power driver units (PDU)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 384 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the Self-lift power driver units (PDU) located? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "On the Roller trays in Forward and Aft Cargo Compartment",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the ball panel area",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "In the Forward Cargo Compartment only",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 380 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "To do an operation test of the cargo Power Drive Unit (PDU): (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the cargo control joy stick",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the Maintenance Laptop",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use the Electronic Flight Bag (EFB)",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 388 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which Class the cargo compartment furnishings supply for fire protection and isolation of fire extinguishing agents from the passenger compartment? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Class A",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Class B",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Class C",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 284 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is material of equipment center bulkhead panels? (A, B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Rigid composite honeycomb",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fiberglass",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Composite",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: DMC-B787- 50-11-00-14A-034B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the purpose of the end lock? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The end lock keeps ULD and pallets from moving into the equipment center bulkhead panels at the forward ends of both the forward and aft cargo compartments",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The end lock keeps ULD and pallets moving to the equipment center bulkhead panels at the forward ends of both the forward and aft cargo compartments",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The end lock keeps ULDs and pallets moving away from the equipment center bulkhead panels at the forward ends of both the forward and aft cargo compartments",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 370 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component lets the containers and pallets go into the cargo compartment with correct alignment with the ball mats and without damage? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Doorway entrance guides",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Center stop assembly",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Center guides",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 326 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component manually align the unit load device (ULD) during loading operations?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ball mat",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Braking casters",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Sill roller",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 342 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What component controls the PDU?(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main control panel , cargo maintenance display unit",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main control panel, cargo door control panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cargo maintenance display unit",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment,  Doors, and Windows, page 378 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which component control the movement of unit load devices (ULD) in the cargo compartment? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main control panel",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cargo maintenance display unit",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Power drive units",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 388 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where is the software of cargo handling system located?(B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Main control panel",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Cargo maintenance display unit",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CCR",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 392 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many system trays are in the ceiling panel of the cargo compartments? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "1",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 374 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which are there parts contain of the system tray? (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical connectors, light assemblies, fire extinguishing nozzles, smoke detectors.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Electrical connectors, fire extinguishing nozzles, smoke detectors",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Light assemblies, fire extinguishing nozzles, smoke detectors",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 374 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are self-lift PDU and spring-lift PDU located? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Self-lift PDU in the ball panel area, spring-lift PDU in roller tray",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Self-lift PDU in roller tray, spring-lift PDU in the ball panel area",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Self-lift PDU, spring-lift PDU are both located in the ball panel area and roller tray",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 380/384 of 798."
    },
    {
        "ch": "What are there divides in the roller tray?(B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Locks, end stops, power drive unit",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Locks, center guide, power drive unit",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Locks, rollout stop/lock, power drive unit",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 787 Training Lab Notebook Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows, page 354 of 798"
    },
    {
        "ch": "A lightning strike in composite structure may cause: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Blister, Crack, Delamination",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Dent, Delamination, Disbond",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Scratches, Delamination, Nick",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 51: STRUCTURES",
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 5C Structure, Page 58 (Lightning Strike Inspection)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If a Tool is dropped on the composite structure and there is no visible damage: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No further action is required",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Non-destructive inspection (NDI) is required",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Tap test is required",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 5C Structure, Page 554 (High Energy Blunt Impact)"
    },
    {
        "ch": "“Primary structure are those structure parts that contribute significantly to the carrying of flight, ground or pressuration load”. What is Primary Structure? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger Entry Door Hinge Arms, APU Access Door, MLG Door",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Passenger Entry Door Assy, Nose Landing Gear",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Nose Radome, Galley, Crew rest support Structure",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SRM 51-00-04-00A-030A-A Page 13/144"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Interim Repair means: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A repair where no action is necessary except the operator’s normal maintenance",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A repair must be inspected at specified intervals and replaced if deterioration is detected or damage is found.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A repair must be replaced after a specified time, usually given as a number of FC, FH or calendar time",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: 51-00-06-00A-030A-A Page 61/144"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which type of damage will normally be removed by extensive hand or mechanical sanding? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Light corrosion",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Moderate corrosion",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Heavy (severe) corrosion",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 51-00-54-00A-258A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is Galvanic Corrosion? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Galvanic Corrosion occurs when different metals are in contact with each other",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Galvanic Corrosion occurs on metal surfaces having an organic coating system",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Galvanic Corrosion results from a direct chemical attack on a metal",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 51-00-50-00A-311A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Pax entry door external skin and major structure frame members are fabricated from: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "CFRP (carbon fiber reinforced plastic)",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aluminum and copper alloys",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Carbon sandwich composite",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS 52-11-00-04A-034A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "TAP Test is a common method to find: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Delaminations, Heat damage and Disbonds.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Crack, Chip, Heat damage.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gouge, Dent, Disbond.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: Student Book- 5C Structure, Page 60 of 130"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Approximately, how many percentage of composite material does 787 have? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "20%.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "40%.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "60%.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 12/130 of 5C Structures - ECS Book 3 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is the Passenger Entry Door seal? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is a hollow-cell type inflated by pressuration through regularly spaced holes on the internal face.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is a flexible strip of rubber mounted to the door",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is an aluminum holder with a flexible strip of rubber or brush mounted to the door",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 52: DOORS",
        "ref": "Ref: SDS 52-09-00-02A-34B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What kind of APU access door latch? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is spring latch",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is J-type latch",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is quick-release latch",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS 52-40-00-13A-110A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which doors that monitor: closed, latched and locked? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pax entry door, Fwd cargo door, Aft cargo door",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pax entry door, Bulk cargo door, Flight deck overhead door",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Pax entry door, Fwd EE access door, Aft EE Access door",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS 52-71-00-00A-110A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which door interface with the door warning system? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fwd EE access door, Aft EE Access door, Aft cargo door",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "ECS (environment control system) access door, APU access door, Refuel service door",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Waste Tank service door, Potable water service door, APU access door",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS 52-40-00-00A-040A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Fwd cargo connect to airplane structure by? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two hinge arms",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Piano hinge",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hinge mechanism",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS 52-34-00-04A-034A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Pax entry door flight lock command depends on: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft speed, Engine running, Condition of flight lock sensor",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft on ground mode, Engine running,",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aircraft",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS 52-11-00-21A-034A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many gas spring install in each pax entry door? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "4",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS 52-11-00-08A-034A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which mechanism has a sensor that shows when a girt bar is engaged in the door threshold floor fitting and free from the door? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Mode selects mechanism",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fwd. girt-bar mechanism",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft girt-bar mechanism",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS 52-11-00-14A-034A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In order to keep the door in the door frame, there are ? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "12 stop pins fittings, 2 door guide rollers, 2 latches",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "12 stop pins fittings, 4 door guide rollers, 2 latches",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "12 stop pins fittings, 6 door guide rollers, 4 latches",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: SDS 52-11-00-11A-034A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When perform checking fwd. cargo door hydraulic filter module differential pressure indicator: (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is acceptable if a small amount of red is showing to the differential pressure indicator",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "It is unacceptable when red is showing to the differential pressure indicator",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "There is no indicator at all",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 52-34-16-01B-300C-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The Passenger Entry Doors (PED) have slide-raft attached in order to: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Emergency egress",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Manual deploy",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Airplane landing on ocean when emergency",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 408/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following statements is TRUE: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EPAS contains a battery which is used for squib discharge power.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EPAS contains a capacitor - stores squib discharge power for 24 hours after loss of airplane power.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "EPAS contains a capacitor - stores squib discharge power for up to 1 hour after loss of airplane power.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 454/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "In the center of master attendant switch panel, the all doors ARM and DISARM indication is(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WHITE – to show all passenger door mode selectors are in the transit mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "BLUE – to show all passenger door mode selectors are in the armed mode.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "WHITE – to show all passenger door mode selectors are in the armed mode.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 482/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the following cargo doors are hydraulically operated? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Forward and Aft cargo doors.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Bulk cargo door.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All cargo doors.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 530/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Cargo door hydraulic system uses hydraulic fluid from(A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "L&R Hydraulic systems.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "A self-contained hydraulic system.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Center hydraulic system.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 542/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "The door-mounted EDW (Electrically Dimmable Window) switch/controller has two half. If one half of the switch/controller fails, can you change the light setting? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You override it by pushing and holding the other half of the switch for 10 seconds",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No, you can not",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "The light setting can be changed on CAP",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA 56: WINDOWS",
        "ref": "Ref: SDS DMC-B787-A-56-31-00-00A-110A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "If the flight deck window hump seal is dis-bonded. What must you do? (B1)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You have to replace the hump seal",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "You can raise a defect ref CDL",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Hump seal can temporary repaired or permanent repaired as soon as economically feasible",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM DMC-B787-A-56-11-00-03A-663A-A"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Which of the flight compartment window can be opened? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No1 window",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No2 window.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "No window.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 760/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How are the flight compartment windows installed on the aircraft? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From sliding tracks.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From outside.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "From inside.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 760/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Where are the Window Heat Protection Units located? (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft of No1 windows.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft of No3 windows.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Aft of No2 windows.",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 764/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Each passenger compartment window has: (A, B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 panes: Plastic outer pane - for ultra violet (UV) protection (structural), Electrically dimmable window (EDW) pane andPlastic inner pane.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "2 panes:Plastic outer pane - for ultra violet (UV) protection (structural) And Electrically dimmable window (EDW) pane.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "3 panes:Plastic outer pane - for ultra violet (UV) protection (structural), Electrically heated window (EHW) pane and Plastic inner pane.",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Reference:  Page 778/798 of 5D Equipment and Furnishings, Oxygen, Cargo Compartment, Doors, and Windows - ECS Book 4 of 5, 787 Training Lab Notebook"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to do a check on a fiber-optic cable for light loss: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Visual check",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Using flash flight",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "using an Optical Time Domain Ref: lactometer (OTDR) or an Optical Power Meter (OPM)",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "part": "ATA STANDARD PRACTICE - WIRING",
        "ref": "Ref:  AMM 20-10-34-00A-280B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What is Warning when work with fiber optic cable : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not look into the end of a fiber optic cable.",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not pull or twist the fiber optic cable.",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not bend the fiber optic cable more than minimum",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref: AMM 20-10-34-00A-280B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many cleaning procedures for fiber optic : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  AMM 20-10-34-00A-280B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many types of damages of fiber optic end face: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  AMM 20-10-34-00A-280B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many types of unwanted materials of fiber optic end face : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:  AMM 20-10-34-00A-280B"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many level of material temperature grades: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. SWPM 20-00-11 PAGE 1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How many material classes : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Two",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Three",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Four",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. SWPM 20-00-11 PAGE 1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "What meaning of last digit number of wire part number data : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Color code",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Gauge",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Type",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. SWPM 20-00-13 PAGE 87"
    },
    {
        "ch": "These wiring configurations, installations, and procedures are given in Critical Design Configuration Control Limitation (CDCCL) related to : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "High voltage system wiring",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Fuel system wiring",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Air sys wiring",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. SWPM 20-14-12 Page 1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to know damage limit of bonding: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "All allowed",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Not permit",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Ref: er damage limit and service conditions table",
                    "true"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. SWPM 20-20-00 page 5"
    },
    {
        "ch": "Functions of a Shielded cable is : (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Do not let high intensity radio frequency (HIRF) energy from the different radio sources",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Protect from hot condition",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Protect from erosion",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. SWPM 20-25-00 page 1"
    },
    {
        "ch": "How to store the ESD devices: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Conductive bag",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Transparent Bag",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Paper bag",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. SWPM 20-41-01 page 3"
    },
    {
        "ch": "When remove the Printed Wiring board: (B1, B2)",
        "ansGr": [
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use wrist strap",
                    "true"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Use specific tool",
                    "false"
                ]
            },
            {
                "ans": [
                    "Only by hand",
                    "false"
                ]
            }
        ],
        "ref": "Ref:. SWPM 20-41-01 page 6"
    }
]